1 /* Output Dwarf2 format symbol table information from GCC.
2 Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
3 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4 Contributed by Gary Funck (gary@intrepid.com).
5 Derived from DWARF 1 implementation of Ron Guilmette (rfg@monkeys.com).
6 Extensively modified by Jason Merrill (jason@cygnus.com).
8 This file is part of GCC.
10 GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
11 the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
12 Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later
15 GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
16 WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
17 FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License
20 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
21 along with GCC; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free
22 Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
25 /* TODO: Emit .debug_line header even when there are no functions, since
26 the file numbers are used by .debug_info. Alternately, leave
27 out locations for types and decls.
28 Avoid talking about ctors and op= for PODs.
29 Factor out common prologue sequences into multiple CIEs. */
31 /* The first part of this file deals with the DWARF 2 frame unwind
32 information, which is also used by the GCC efficient exception handling
33 mechanism. The second part, controlled only by an #ifdef
34 DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO, deals with the other DWARF 2 debugging
39 #include "coretypes.h"
45 #include "hard-reg-set.h"
47 #include "insn-config.h"
55 #include "dwarf2out.h"
56 #include "dwarf2asm.h"
62 #include "diagnostic.h"
65 #include "langhooks.h"
68 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
69 static void dwarf2out_source_line (unsigned int, const char *);
72 /* DWARF2 Abbreviation Glossary:
73 CFA = Canonical Frame Address
74 a fixed address on the stack which identifies a call frame.
75 We define it to be the value of SP just before the call insn.
76 The CFA register and offset, which may change during the course
77 of the function, are used to calculate its value at runtime.
78 CFI = Call Frame Instruction
79 an instruction for the DWARF2 abstract machine
80 CIE = Common Information Entry
81 information describing information common to one or more FDEs
82 DIE = Debugging Information Entry
83 FDE = Frame Description Entry
84 information describing the stack call frame, in particular,
85 how to restore registers
87 DW_CFA_... = DWARF2 CFA call frame instruction
88 DW_TAG_... = DWARF2 DIE tag */
90 /* Decide whether we want to emit frame unwind information for the current
94 dwarf2out_do_frame (void)
96 return (write_symbols
== DWARF2_DEBUG
97 || write_symbols
== VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG
98 #ifdef DWARF2_FRAME_INFO
101 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
102 || flag_unwind_tables
103 || (flag_exceptions
&& ! USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS
)
108 /* The size of the target's pointer type. */
110 #define PTR_SIZE (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT)
113 /* Default version of targetm.eh_frame_section. Note this must appear
114 outside the DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO || DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO macro
118 default_eh_frame_section (void)
120 #ifdef EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME
121 #ifdef HAVE_LD_RO_RW_SECTION_MIXING
122 int fde_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0);
123 int per_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2, /*global=*/1);
124 int lsda_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0, /*global=*/0);
128 || ((fde_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
129 && (fde_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
130 && (per_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
131 && (per_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
132 && (lsda_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
133 && (lsda_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
))
135 named_section_flags (EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME
, flags
);
137 named_section_flags (EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME
, SECTION_WRITE
);
140 tree label
= get_file_function_name ('F');
143 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE
));
144 (*targetm
.asm_out
.globalize_label
) (asm_out_file
, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label
));
145 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label
));
149 /* Array of RTXes referenced by the debugging information, which therefore
150 must be kept around forever. */
151 static GTY(()) varray_type used_rtx_varray
;
153 /* A pointer to the base of a list of incomplete types which might be
154 completed at some later time. incomplete_types_list needs to be a VARRAY
155 because we want to tell the garbage collector about it. */
156 static GTY(()) varray_type incomplete_types
;
158 /* A pointer to the base of a table of references to declaration
159 scopes. This table is a display which tracks the nesting
160 of declaration scopes at the current scope and containing
161 scopes. This table is used to find the proper place to
162 define type declaration DIE's. */
163 static GTY(()) varray_type decl_scope_table
;
165 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
166 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
167 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
170 typedef struct dw_cfi_struct
*dw_cfi_ref
;
171 typedef struct dw_fde_struct
*dw_fde_ref
;
172 typedef union dw_cfi_oprnd_struct
*dw_cfi_oprnd_ref
;
174 /* Call frames are described using a sequence of Call Frame
175 Information instructions. The register number, offset
176 and address fields are provided as possible operands;
177 their use is selected by the opcode field. */
179 enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
{
181 dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num
,
187 typedef union dw_cfi_oprnd_struct
GTY(())
189 unsigned long GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num"))) dw_cfi_reg_num
;
190 long int GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_offset"))) dw_cfi_offset
;
191 const char * GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_addr"))) dw_cfi_addr
;
192 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
* GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_loc"))) dw_cfi_loc
;
196 typedef struct dw_cfi_struct
GTY(())
198 dw_cfi_ref dw_cfi_next
;
199 enum dwarf_call_frame_info dw_cfi_opc
;
200 dw_cfi_oprnd
GTY ((desc ("dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc (%1.dw_cfi_opc)")))
202 dw_cfi_oprnd
GTY ((desc ("dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc (%1.dw_cfi_opc)")))
207 /* This is how we define the location of the CFA. We use to handle it
208 as REG + OFFSET all the time, but now it can be more complex.
209 It can now be either REG + CFA_OFFSET or *(REG + BASE_OFFSET) + CFA_OFFSET.
210 Instead of passing around REG and OFFSET, we pass a copy
211 of this structure. */
212 typedef struct cfa_loc
GTY(())
217 int indirect
; /* 1 if CFA is accessed via a dereference. */
220 /* All call frame descriptions (FDE's) in the GCC generated DWARF
221 refer to a single Common Information Entry (CIE), defined at
222 the beginning of the .debug_frame section. This use of a single
223 CIE obviates the need to keep track of multiple CIE's
224 in the DWARF generation routines below. */
226 typedef struct dw_fde_struct
GTY(())
228 const char *dw_fde_begin
;
229 const char *dw_fde_current_label
;
230 const char *dw_fde_end
;
231 dw_cfi_ref dw_fde_cfi
;
232 unsigned funcdef_number
;
233 unsigned all_throwers_are_sibcalls
: 1;
234 unsigned nothrow
: 1;
235 unsigned uses_eh_lsda
: 1;
239 /* Maximum size (in bytes) of an artificially generated label. */
240 #define MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES 30
242 /* The size of addresses as they appear in the Dwarf 2 data.
243 Some architectures use word addresses to refer to code locations,
244 but Dwarf 2 info always uses byte addresses. On such machines,
245 Dwarf 2 addresses need to be larger than the architecture's
247 #ifndef DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
248 #define DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT)
251 /* The size in bytes of a DWARF field indicating an offset or length
252 relative to a debug info section, specified to be 4 bytes in the
253 DWARF-2 specification. The SGI/MIPS ABI defines it to be the same
256 #ifndef DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
257 #define DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE 4
260 /* According to the (draft) DWARF 3 specification, the initial length
261 should either be 4 or 12 bytes. When it's 12 bytes, the first 4
262 bytes are 0xffffffff, followed by the length stored in the next 8
265 However, the SGI/MIPS ABI uses an initial length which is equal to
266 DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE. It is defined (elsewhere) accordingly. */
268 #ifndef DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
269 #define DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 ? 4 : 12)
272 #define DWARF_VERSION 2
274 /* Round SIZE up to the nearest BOUNDARY. */
275 #define DWARF_ROUND(SIZE,BOUNDARY) \
276 ((((SIZE) + (BOUNDARY) - 1) / (BOUNDARY)) * (BOUNDARY))
278 /* Offsets recorded in opcodes are a multiple of this alignment factor. */
279 #ifndef DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
280 #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
281 #define DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT (-((int) UNITS_PER_WORD))
283 #define DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT ((int) UNITS_PER_WORD)
287 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains frame description
288 information for each routine. */
289 static GTY((length ("fde_table_allocated"))) dw_fde_ref fde_table
;
291 /* Number of elements currently allocated for fde_table. */
292 static GTY(()) unsigned fde_table_allocated
;
294 /* Number of elements in fde_table currently in use. */
295 static GTY(()) unsigned fde_table_in_use
;
297 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
299 #define FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
301 /* A list of call frame insns for the CIE. */
302 static GTY(()) dw_cfi_ref cie_cfi_head
;
304 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
305 /* Some DWARF extensions (e.g., MIPS/SGI) implement a subprogram
306 attribute that accelerates the lookup of the FDE associated
307 with the subprogram. This variable holds the table index of the FDE
308 associated with the current function (body) definition. */
309 static unsigned current_funcdef_fde
;
312 struct indirect_string_node
GTY(())
315 unsigned int refcount
;
320 static GTY ((param_is (struct indirect_string_node
))) htab_t debug_str_hash
;
322 static GTY(()) int dw2_string_counter
;
323 static GTY(()) unsigned long dwarf2out_cfi_label_num
;
325 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
327 /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
329 static char *stripattributes (const char *);
330 static const char *dwarf_cfi_name (unsigned);
331 static dw_cfi_ref
new_cfi (void);
332 static void add_cfi (dw_cfi_ref
*, dw_cfi_ref
);
333 static void add_fde_cfi (const char *, dw_cfi_ref
);
334 static void lookup_cfa_1 (dw_cfi_ref
, dw_cfa_location
*);
335 static void lookup_cfa (dw_cfa_location
*);
336 static void reg_save (const char *, unsigned, unsigned, long);
337 static void initial_return_save (rtx
);
338 static long stack_adjust_offset (rtx
);
339 static void output_cfi (dw_cfi_ref
, dw_fde_ref
, int);
340 static void output_call_frame_info (int);
341 static void dwarf2out_stack_adjust (rtx
);
342 static void queue_reg_save (const char *, rtx
, long);
343 static void flush_queued_reg_saves (void);
344 static bool clobbers_queued_reg_save (rtx
);
345 static void dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (rtx
, const char *);
347 /* Support for complex CFA locations. */
348 static void output_cfa_loc (dw_cfi_ref
);
349 static void get_cfa_from_loc_descr (dw_cfa_location
*,
350 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*);
351 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*build_cfa_loc
353 static void def_cfa_1 (const char *, dw_cfa_location
*);
355 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
356 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
357 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
360 /* Data and reference forms for relocatable data. */
361 #define DW_FORM_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_data8 : DW_FORM_data4)
362 #define DW_FORM_ref (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_ref8 : DW_FORM_ref4)
364 #ifndef DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION
365 #define DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION ".debug_frame"
368 #ifndef FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
369 #define FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL "LFB"
372 #ifndef FUNC_END_LABEL
373 #define FUNC_END_LABEL "LFE"
376 #define FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL "Lframe"
377 #define CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LSCIE"
378 #define CIE_END_LABEL "LECIE"
379 #define FDE_LABEL "LSFDE"
380 #define FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LASFDE"
381 #define FDE_END_LABEL "LEFDE"
382 #define LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL "LSLT"
383 #define LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL "LELT"
384 #define LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL "LASLTP"
385 #define LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL "LELTP"
386 #define DIE_LABEL_PREFIX "DW"
388 /* The DWARF 2 CFA column which tracks the return address. Normally this
389 is the column for PC, or the first column after all of the hard
391 #ifndef DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
393 #define DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (PC_REGNUM)
395 #define DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS
399 /* The mapping from gcc register number to DWARF 2 CFA column number. By
400 default, we just provide columns for all registers. */
401 #ifndef DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM
402 #define DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM(REG) DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (REG)
405 /* The offset from the incoming value of %sp to the top of the stack frame
406 for the current function. */
407 #ifndef INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET
408 #define INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET 0
411 /* Hook used by __throw. */
414 expand_builtin_dwarf_sp_column (void)
416 return GEN_INT (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
));
419 /* Return a pointer to a copy of the section string name S with all
420 attributes stripped off, and an asterisk prepended (for assemble_name). */
423 stripattributes (const char *s
)
425 char *stripped
= xmalloc (strlen (s
) + 2);
430 while (*s
&& *s
!= ',')
437 /* Generate code to initialize the register size table. */
440 expand_builtin_init_dwarf_reg_sizes (tree address
)
443 enum machine_mode mode
= TYPE_MODE (char_type_node
);
444 rtx addr
= expand_expr (address
, NULL_RTX
, VOIDmode
, 0);
445 rtx mem
= gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode
, addr
);
446 bool wrote_return_column
= false;
448 for (i
= 0; i
< FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
; i
++)
449 if (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i
) < DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS
)
451 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i
) * GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
);
452 enum machine_mode save_mode
= reg_raw_mode
[i
];
455 if (HARD_REGNO_CALL_PART_CLOBBERED (i
, save_mode
))
456 save_mode
= choose_hard_reg_mode (i
, 1, true);
457 if (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i
) == DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
)
459 if (save_mode
== VOIDmode
)
461 wrote_return_column
= true;
463 size
= GET_MODE_SIZE (save_mode
);
467 emit_move_insn (adjust_address (mem
, mode
, offset
), GEN_INT (size
));
469 if (! wrote_return_column
)
471 enum machine_mode save_mode
= Pmode
;
472 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
* GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
);
473 HOST_WIDE_INT size
= GET_MODE_SIZE (save_mode
);
474 emit_move_insn (adjust_address (mem
, mode
, offset
), GEN_INT (size
));
478 /* Convert a DWARF call frame info. operation to its string name */
481 dwarf_cfi_name (unsigned int cfi_opc
)
485 case DW_CFA_advance_loc
:
486 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc";
488 return "DW_CFA_offset";
490 return "DW_CFA_restore";
494 return "DW_CFA_set_loc";
495 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1
:
496 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc1";
497 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2
:
498 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc2";
499 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4
:
500 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc4";
501 case DW_CFA_offset_extended
:
502 return "DW_CFA_offset_extended";
503 case DW_CFA_restore_extended
:
504 return "DW_CFA_restore_extended";
505 case DW_CFA_undefined
:
506 return "DW_CFA_undefined";
507 case DW_CFA_same_value
:
508 return "DW_CFA_same_value";
509 case DW_CFA_register
:
510 return "DW_CFA_register";
511 case DW_CFA_remember_state
:
512 return "DW_CFA_remember_state";
513 case DW_CFA_restore_state
:
514 return "DW_CFA_restore_state";
516 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa";
517 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
518 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_register";
519 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
520 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset";
523 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
524 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression";
525 case DW_CFA_expression
:
526 return "DW_CFA_expression";
527 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
:
528 return "DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf";
529 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
530 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf";
531 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
532 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf";
534 /* SGI/MIPS specific */
535 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8
:
536 return "DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8";
539 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save
:
540 return "DW_CFA_GNU_window_save";
541 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
:
542 return "DW_CFA_GNU_args_size";
543 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended
:
544 return "DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended";
547 return "DW_CFA_<unknown>";
551 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated Call Frame Instruction. */
553 static inline dw_cfi_ref
556 dw_cfi_ref cfi
= (dw_cfi_ref
) ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_cfi_node
));
558 cfi
->dw_cfi_next
= NULL
;
559 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= 0;
560 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= 0;
565 /* Add a Call Frame Instruction to list of instructions. */
568 add_cfi (dw_cfi_ref
*list_head
, dw_cfi_ref cfi
)
572 /* Find the end of the chain. */
573 for (p
= list_head
; (*p
) != NULL
; p
= &(*p
)->dw_cfi_next
)
579 /* Generate a new label for the CFI info to refer to. */
582 dwarf2out_cfi_label (void)
584 static char label
[20];
586 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, "LCFI", dwarf2out_cfi_label_num
++);
587 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, label
);
591 /* Add CFI to the current fde at the PC value indicated by LABEL if specified,
592 or to the CIE if LABEL is NULL. */
595 add_fde_cfi (const char *label
, dw_cfi_ref cfi
)
599 dw_fde_ref fde
= &fde_table
[fde_table_in_use
- 1];
602 label
= dwarf2out_cfi_label ();
604 if (fde
->dw_fde_current_label
== NULL
605 || strcmp (label
, fde
->dw_fde_current_label
) != 0)
609 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= label
= xstrdup (label
);
611 /* Set the location counter to the new label. */
613 xcfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_advance_loc4
;
614 xcfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
= label
;
615 add_cfi (&fde
->dw_fde_cfi
, xcfi
);
618 add_cfi (&fde
->dw_fde_cfi
, cfi
);
622 add_cfi (&cie_cfi_head
, cfi
);
625 /* Subroutine of lookup_cfa. */
628 lookup_cfa_1 (dw_cfi_ref cfi
, dw_cfa_location
*loc
)
630 switch (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
)
632 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
633 loc
->offset
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
;
635 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
636 loc
->reg
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
;
639 loc
->reg
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
;
640 loc
->offset
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
;
642 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
643 get_cfa_from_loc_descr (loc
, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_loc
);
650 /* Find the previous value for the CFA. */
653 lookup_cfa (dw_cfa_location
*loc
)
657 loc
->reg
= (unsigned long) -1;
660 loc
->base_offset
= 0;
662 for (cfi
= cie_cfi_head
; cfi
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
663 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi
, loc
);
665 if (fde_table_in_use
)
667 dw_fde_ref fde
= &fde_table
[fde_table_in_use
- 1];
668 for (cfi
= fde
->dw_fde_cfi
; cfi
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
669 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi
, loc
);
673 /* The current rule for calculating the DWARF2 canonical frame address. */
674 static dw_cfa_location cfa
;
676 /* The register used for saving registers to the stack, and its offset
678 static dw_cfa_location cfa_store
;
680 /* The running total of the size of arguments pushed onto the stack. */
681 static long args_size
;
683 /* The last args_size we actually output. */
684 static long old_args_size
;
686 /* Entry point to update the canonical frame address (CFA).
687 LABEL is passed to add_fde_cfi. The value of CFA is now to be
688 calculated from REG+OFFSET. */
691 dwarf2out_def_cfa (const char *label
, unsigned int reg
, long int offset
)
698 def_cfa_1 (label
, &loc
);
701 /* This routine does the actual work. The CFA is now calculated from
702 the dw_cfa_location structure. */
705 def_cfa_1 (const char *label
, dw_cfa_location
*loc_p
)
708 dw_cfa_location old_cfa
, loc
;
713 if (cfa_store
.reg
== loc
.reg
&& loc
.indirect
== 0)
714 cfa_store
.offset
= loc
.offset
;
716 loc
.reg
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (loc
.reg
);
717 lookup_cfa (&old_cfa
);
719 /* If nothing changed, no need to issue any call frame instructions. */
720 if (loc
.reg
== old_cfa
.reg
&& loc
.offset
== old_cfa
.offset
721 && loc
.indirect
== old_cfa
.indirect
722 && (loc
.indirect
== 0 || loc
.base_offset
== old_cfa
.base_offset
))
727 if (loc
.reg
== old_cfa
.reg
&& !loc
.indirect
)
729 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset <offset>" instruction,
730 indicating the CFA register did not change but the offset
732 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
;
733 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
= loc
.offset
;
736 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO /* SGI dbx thinks this means no offset. */
737 else if (loc
.offset
== old_cfa
.offset
&& old_cfa
.reg
!= (unsigned long) -1
740 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa_register <register>" instruction,
741 indicating the CFA register has changed to <register> but the
742 offset has not changed. */
743 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
;
744 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= loc
.reg
;
748 else if (loc
.indirect
== 0)
750 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa <register> <offset>" instruction,
751 indicating the CFA register has changed to <register> with
752 the specified offset. */
753 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa
;
754 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= loc
.reg
;
755 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
= loc
.offset
;
759 /* Construct a DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression instruction to
760 calculate the CFA using a full location expression since no
761 register-offset pair is available. */
762 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*loc_list
;
764 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
;
765 loc_list
= build_cfa_loc (&loc
);
766 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_loc
= loc_list
;
769 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
);
772 /* Add the CFI for saving a register. REG is the CFA column number.
773 LABEL is passed to add_fde_cfi.
774 If SREG is -1, the register is saved at OFFSET from the CFA;
775 otherwise it is saved in SREG. */
778 reg_save (const char *label
, unsigned int reg
, unsigned int sreg
, long int offset
)
780 dw_cfi_ref cfi
= new_cfi ();
782 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= reg
;
784 /* The following comparison is correct. -1 is used to indicate that
785 the value isn't a register number. */
786 if (sreg
== (unsigned int) -1)
789 /* The register number won't fit in 6 bits, so we have to use
791 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_offset_extended
;
793 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_offset
;
795 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
797 /* If we get an offset that is not a multiple of
798 DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT, there is either a bug in the
799 definition of DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT, or a bug in the machine
801 long check_offset
= offset
/ DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
;
803 if (check_offset
* DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
!= offset
)
807 offset
/= DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
;
809 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
;
811 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
= offset
;
813 else if (sreg
== reg
)
814 /* We could emit a DW_CFA_same_value in this case, but don't bother. */
818 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_register
;
819 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= sreg
;
822 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
);
825 /* Add the CFI for saving a register window. LABEL is passed to reg_save.
826 This CFI tells the unwinder that it needs to restore the window registers
827 from the previous frame's window save area.
829 ??? Perhaps we should note in the CIE where windows are saved (instead of
830 assuming 0(cfa)) and what registers are in the window. */
833 dwarf2out_window_save (const char *label
)
835 dw_cfi_ref cfi
= new_cfi ();
837 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_GNU_window_save
;
838 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
);
841 /* Add a CFI to update the running total of the size of arguments
842 pushed onto the stack. */
845 dwarf2out_args_size (const char *label
, long int size
)
849 if (size
== old_args_size
)
852 old_args_size
= size
;
855 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
;
856 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
= size
;
857 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
);
860 /* Entry point for saving a register to the stack. REG is the GCC register
861 number. LABEL and OFFSET are passed to reg_save. */
864 dwarf2out_reg_save (const char *label
, unsigned int reg
, long int offset
)
866 reg_save (label
, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (reg
), -1, offset
);
869 /* Entry point for saving the return address in the stack.
870 LABEL and OFFSET are passed to reg_save. */
873 dwarf2out_return_save (const char *label
, long int offset
)
875 reg_save (label
, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
, -1, offset
);
878 /* Entry point for saving the return address in a register.
879 LABEL and SREG are passed to reg_save. */
882 dwarf2out_return_reg (const char *label
, unsigned int sreg
)
884 reg_save (label
, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
, sreg
, 0);
887 /* Record the initial position of the return address. RTL is
888 INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX. */
891 initial_return_save (rtx rtl
)
893 unsigned int reg
= (unsigned int) -1;
894 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= 0;
896 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
899 /* RA is in a register. */
900 reg
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (rtl
));
904 /* RA is on the stack. */
906 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
909 if (REGNO (rtl
) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
915 if (REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
917 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1));
921 if (REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
923 offset
= -INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1));
933 /* The return address is at some offset from any value we can
934 actually load. For instance, on the SPARC it is in %i7+8. Just
935 ignore the offset for now; it doesn't matter for unwinding frames. */
936 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 1)) != CONST_INT
)
938 initial_return_save (XEXP (rtl
, 0));
945 reg_save (NULL
, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
, reg
, offset
- cfa
.offset
);
948 /* Given a SET, calculate the amount of stack adjustment it
952 stack_adjust_offset (rtx pattern
)
954 rtx src
= SET_SRC (pattern
);
955 rtx dest
= SET_DEST (pattern
);
956 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= 0;
959 if (dest
== stack_pointer_rtx
)
961 /* (set (reg sp) (plus (reg sp) (const_int))) */
962 code
= GET_CODE (src
);
963 if (! (code
== PLUS
|| code
== MINUS
)
964 || XEXP (src
, 0) != stack_pointer_rtx
965 || GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)) != CONST_INT
)
968 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
972 else if (GET_CODE (dest
) == MEM
)
974 /* (set (mem (pre_dec (reg sp))) (foo)) */
975 src
= XEXP (dest
, 0);
976 code
= GET_CODE (src
);
982 if (XEXP (src
, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx
)
984 rtx val
= XEXP (XEXP (src
, 1), 1);
985 /* We handle only adjustments by constant amount. */
986 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)) != PLUS
||
987 GET_CODE (val
) != CONST_INT
)
989 offset
= -INTVAL (val
);
996 if (XEXP (src
, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx
)
998 offset
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest
));
1005 if (XEXP (src
, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx
)
1007 offset
= -GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest
));
1022 /* Check INSN to see if it looks like a push or a stack adjustment, and
1023 make a note of it if it does. EH uses this information to find out how
1024 much extra space it needs to pop off the stack. */
1027 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (rtx insn
)
1029 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
;
1033 if (!flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
&& GET_CODE (insn
) == CALL_INSN
)
1035 /* Extract the size of the args from the CALL rtx itself. */
1036 insn
= PATTERN (insn
);
1037 if (GET_CODE (insn
) == PARALLEL
)
1038 insn
= XVECEXP (insn
, 0, 0);
1039 if (GET_CODE (insn
) == SET
)
1040 insn
= SET_SRC (insn
);
1041 if (GET_CODE (insn
) != CALL
)
1044 dwarf2out_args_size ("", INTVAL (XEXP (insn
, 1)));
1048 /* If only calls can throw, and we have a frame pointer,
1049 save up adjustments until we see the CALL_INSN. */
1050 else if (!flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
&& cfa
.reg
!= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1053 if (GET_CODE (insn
) == BARRIER
)
1055 /* When we see a BARRIER, we know to reset args_size to 0. Usually
1056 the compiler will have already emitted a stack adjustment, but
1057 doesn't bother for calls to noreturn functions. */
1058 #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1059 offset
= -args_size
;
1064 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == SET
)
1065 offset
= stack_adjust_offset (PATTERN (insn
));
1066 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == PARALLEL
1067 || GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == SEQUENCE
)
1069 /* There may be stack adjustments inside compound insns. Search
1071 for (offset
= 0, i
= XVECLEN (PATTERN (insn
), 0) - 1; i
>= 0; i
--)
1072 if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn
), 0, i
)) == SET
)
1073 offset
+= stack_adjust_offset (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn
), 0, i
));
1081 if (cfa
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1082 cfa
.offset
+= offset
;
1084 #ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1088 args_size
+= offset
;
1092 label
= dwarf2out_cfi_label ();
1093 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
1094 dwarf2out_args_size (label
, args_size
);
1099 /* We delay emitting a register save until either (a) we reach the end
1100 of the prologue or (b) the register is clobbered. This clusters
1101 register saves so that there are fewer pc advances. */
1103 struct queued_reg_save
GTY(())
1105 struct queued_reg_save
*next
;
1110 static GTY(()) struct queued_reg_save
*queued_reg_saves
;
1112 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
1113 static const char *last_reg_save_label
;
1116 queue_reg_save (const char *label
, rtx reg
, long int offset
)
1118 struct queued_reg_save
*q
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (*q
));
1120 q
->next
= queued_reg_saves
;
1122 q
->cfa_offset
= offset
;
1123 queued_reg_saves
= q
;
1125 last_reg_save_label
= label
;
1129 flush_queued_reg_saves (void)
1131 struct queued_reg_save
*q
, *next
;
1133 for (q
= queued_reg_saves
; q
; q
= next
)
1135 dwarf2out_reg_save (last_reg_save_label
, REGNO (q
->reg
), q
->cfa_offset
);
1139 queued_reg_saves
= NULL
;
1140 last_reg_save_label
= NULL
;
1144 clobbers_queued_reg_save (rtx insn
)
1146 struct queued_reg_save
*q
;
1148 for (q
= queued_reg_saves
; q
; q
= q
->next
)
1149 if (modified_in_p (q
->reg
, insn
))
1156 /* A temporary register holding an integral value used in adjusting SP
1157 or setting up the store_reg. The "offset" field holds the integer
1158 value, not an offset. */
1159 static dw_cfa_location cfa_temp
;
1161 /* Record call frame debugging information for an expression EXPR,
1162 which either sets SP or FP (adjusting how we calculate the frame
1163 address) or saves a register to the stack. LABEL indicates the
1166 This function encodes a state machine mapping rtxes to actions on
1167 cfa, cfa_store, and cfa_temp.reg. We describe these rules so
1168 users need not read the source code.
1170 The High-Level Picture
1172 Changes in the register we use to calculate the CFA: Currently we
1173 assume that if you copy the CFA register into another register, we
1174 should take the other one as the new CFA register; this seems to
1175 work pretty well. If it's wrong for some target, it's simple
1176 enough not to set RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P on the insn in question.
1178 Changes in the register we use for saving registers to the stack:
1179 This is usually SP, but not always. Again, we deduce that if you
1180 copy SP into another register (and SP is not the CFA register),
1181 then the new register is the one we will be using for register
1182 saves. This also seems to work.
1184 Register saves: There's not much guesswork about this one; if
1185 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on an insn which modifies memory, it's a
1186 register save, and the register used to calculate the destination
1187 had better be the one we think we're using for this purpose.
1189 Except: If the register being saved is the CFA register, and the
1190 offset is nonzero, we are saving the CFA, so we assume we have to
1191 use DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression. If the offset is 0, we assume that
1192 the intent is to save the value of SP from the previous frame.
1194 Invariants / Summaries of Rules
1196 cfa current rule for calculating the CFA. It usually
1197 consists of a register and an offset.
1198 cfa_store register used by prologue code to save things to the stack
1199 cfa_store.offset is the offset from the value of
1200 cfa_store.reg to the actual CFA
1201 cfa_temp register holding an integral value. cfa_temp.offset
1202 stores the value, which will be used to adjust the
1203 stack pointer. cfa_temp is also used like cfa_store,
1204 to track stores to the stack via fp or a temp reg.
1206 Rules 1- 4: Setting a register's value to cfa.reg or an expression
1207 with cfa.reg as the first operand changes the cfa.reg and its
1208 cfa.offset. Rule 1 and 4 also set cfa_temp.reg and
1211 Rules 6- 9: Set a non-cfa.reg register value to a constant or an
1212 expression yielding a constant. This sets cfa_temp.reg
1213 and cfa_temp.offset.
1215 Rule 5: Create a new register cfa_store used to save items to the
1218 Rules 10-14: Save a register to the stack. Define offset as the
1219 difference of the original location and cfa_store's
1220 location (or cfa_temp's location if cfa_temp is used).
1224 "{a,b}" indicates a choice of a xor b.
1225 "<reg>:cfa.reg" indicates that <reg> must equal cfa.reg.
1228 (set <reg1> <reg2>:cfa.reg)
1229 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1230 cfa.offset unchanged
1231 cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
1232 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset
1235 (set sp ({minus,plus,losum} {sp,fp}:cfa.reg
1236 {<const_int>,<reg>:cfa_temp.reg}))
1237 effects: cfa.reg = sp if fp used
1238 cfa.offset += {+/- <const_int>, cfa_temp.offset} if cfa.reg==sp
1239 cfa_store.offset += {+/- <const_int>, cfa_temp.offset}
1240 if cfa_store.reg==sp
1243 (set fp ({minus,plus,losum} <reg>:cfa.reg <const_int>))
1244 effects: cfa.reg = fp
1245 cfa_offset += +/- <const_int>
1248 (set <reg1> ({plus,losum} <reg2>:cfa.reg <const_int>))
1249 constraints: <reg1> != fp
1251 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1252 cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
1253 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset
1256 (set <reg1> (plus <reg2>:cfa_temp.reg sp:cfa.reg))
1257 constraints: <reg1> != fp
1259 effects: cfa_store.reg = <reg1>
1260 cfa_store.offset = cfa.offset - cfa_temp.offset
1263 (set <reg> <const_int>)
1264 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg>
1265 cfa_temp.offset = <const_int>
1268 (set <reg1>:cfa_temp.reg (ior <reg2>:cfa_temp.reg <const_int>))
1269 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
1270 cfa_temp.offset |= <const_int>
1273 (set <reg> (high <exp>))
1277 (set <reg> (lo_sum <exp> <const_int>))
1278 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg>
1279 cfa_temp.offset = <const_int>
1282 (set (mem (pre_modify sp:cfa_store (???? <reg1> <const_int>))) <reg2>)
1283 effects: cfa_store.offset -= <const_int>
1284 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset if cfa.reg == sp
1286 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_store.offset
1289 (set (mem ({pre_inc,pre_dec} sp:cfa_store.reg)) <reg>)
1290 effects: cfa_store.offset += -/+ mode_size(mem)
1291 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset if cfa.reg == sp
1293 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_store.offset
1296 (set (mem ({minus,plus,losum} <reg1>:{cfa_store,cfa_temp} <const_int>))
1299 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1300 cfa.base_offset = -/+ <const_int> - {cfa_store,cfa_temp}.offset
1303 (set (mem <reg1>:{cfa_store,cfa_temp}) <reg2>)
1304 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1305 cfa.base_offset = -{cfa_store,cfa_temp}.offset
1308 (set (mem (postinc <reg1>:cfa_temp <const_int>)) <reg2>)
1309 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1310 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_temp.offset
1311 cfa_temp.offset -= mode_size(mem) */
1314 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (rtx expr
, const char *label
)
1317 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
;
1319 /* If RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on a PARALLEL, process each member of
1320 the PARALLEL independently. The first element is always processed if
1321 it is a SET. This is for backward compatibility. Other elements
1322 are processed only if they are SETs and the RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P
1323 flag is set in them. */
1324 if (GET_CODE (expr
) == PARALLEL
|| GET_CODE (expr
) == SEQUENCE
)
1327 int limit
= XVECLEN (expr
, 0);
1329 for (par_index
= 0; par_index
< limit
; par_index
++)
1330 if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (expr
, 0, par_index
)) == SET
1331 && (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (XVECEXP (expr
, 0, par_index
))
1333 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (XVECEXP (expr
, 0, par_index
), label
);
1338 if (GET_CODE (expr
) != SET
)
1341 src
= SET_SRC (expr
);
1342 dest
= SET_DEST (expr
);
1344 switch (GET_CODE (dest
))
1348 /* Update the CFA rule wrt SP or FP. Make sure src is
1349 relative to the current CFA register. */
1350 switch (GET_CODE (src
))
1352 /* Setting FP from SP. */
1354 if (cfa
.reg
== (unsigned) REGNO (src
))
1360 /* We used to require that dest be either SP or FP, but the
1361 ARM copies SP to a temporary register, and from there to
1362 FP. So we just rely on the backends to only set
1363 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P on appropriate insns. */
1364 cfa
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
1365 cfa_temp
.reg
= cfa
.reg
;
1366 cfa_temp
.offset
= cfa
.offset
;
1372 if (dest
== stack_pointer_rtx
)
1376 switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)))
1379 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
1382 if ((unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src
, 1)) != cfa_temp
.reg
)
1384 offset
= cfa_temp
.offset
;
1390 if (XEXP (src
, 0) == hard_frame_pointer_rtx
)
1392 /* Restoring SP from FP in the epilogue. */
1393 if (cfa
.reg
!= (unsigned) HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1395 cfa
.reg
= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
;
1397 else if (GET_CODE (src
) == LO_SUM
)
1398 /* Assume we've set the source reg of the LO_SUM from sp. */
1400 else if (XEXP (src
, 0) != stack_pointer_rtx
)
1403 if (GET_CODE (src
) != MINUS
)
1405 if (cfa
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1406 cfa
.offset
+= offset
;
1407 if (cfa_store
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1408 cfa_store
.offset
+= offset
;
1410 else if (dest
== hard_frame_pointer_rtx
)
1413 /* Either setting the FP from an offset of the SP,
1414 or adjusting the FP */
1415 if (! frame_pointer_needed
)
1418 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 0)) == REG
1419 && (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src
, 0)) == cfa
.reg
1420 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)) == CONST_INT
)
1422 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
1423 if (GET_CODE (src
) != MINUS
)
1425 cfa
.offset
+= offset
;
1426 cfa
.reg
= HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
;
1433 if (GET_CODE (src
) == MINUS
)
1437 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 0)) == REG
1438 && REGNO (XEXP (src
, 0)) == cfa
.reg
1439 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)) == CONST_INT
)
1441 /* Setting a temporary CFA register that will be copied
1442 into the FP later on. */
1443 offset
= - INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
1444 cfa
.offset
+= offset
;
1445 cfa
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
1446 /* Or used to save regs to the stack. */
1447 cfa_temp
.reg
= cfa
.reg
;
1448 cfa_temp
.offset
= cfa
.offset
;
1452 else if (GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 0)) == REG
1453 && REGNO (XEXP (src
, 0)) == cfa_temp
.reg
1454 && XEXP (src
, 1) == stack_pointer_rtx
)
1456 /* Setting a scratch register that we will use instead
1457 of SP for saving registers to the stack. */
1458 if (cfa
.reg
!= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1460 cfa_store
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
1461 cfa_store
.offset
= cfa
.offset
- cfa_temp
.offset
;
1465 else if (GET_CODE (src
) == LO_SUM
1466 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)) == CONST_INT
)
1468 cfa_temp
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
1469 cfa_temp
.offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
1478 cfa_temp
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
1479 cfa_temp
.offset
= INTVAL (src
);
1484 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 0)) != REG
1485 || (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src
, 0)) != cfa_temp
.reg
1486 || GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)) != CONST_INT
)
1489 if ((unsigned) REGNO (dest
) != cfa_temp
.reg
)
1490 cfa_temp
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
1491 cfa_temp
.offset
|= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
1494 /* Skip over HIGH, assuming it will be followed by a LO_SUM,
1495 which will fill in all of the bits. */
1504 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
1508 if (GET_CODE (src
) != REG
)
1511 /* Saving a register to the stack. Make sure dest is relative to the
1513 switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest
, 0)))
1518 /* We can't handle variable size modifications. */
1519 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 1), 1)) != CONST_INT
)
1521 offset
= -INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 1), 1));
1523 if (REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0)) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
1524 || cfa_store
.reg
!= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1527 cfa_store
.offset
+= offset
;
1528 if (cfa
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1529 cfa
.offset
= cfa_store
.offset
;
1531 offset
= -cfa_store
.offset
;
1537 offset
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest
));
1538 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest
, 0)) == PRE_INC
)
1541 if (REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0)) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
1542 || cfa_store
.reg
!= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1545 cfa_store
.offset
+= offset
;
1546 if (cfa
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1547 cfa
.offset
= cfa_store
.offset
;
1549 offset
= -cfa_store
.offset
;
1553 /* With an offset. */
1557 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 1)) != CONST_INT
)
1559 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 1));
1560 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest
, 0)) == MINUS
)
1563 if (cfa_store
.reg
== (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0)))
1564 offset
-= cfa_store
.offset
;
1565 else if (cfa_temp
.reg
== (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0)))
1566 offset
-= cfa_temp
.offset
;
1572 /* Without an offset. */
1574 if (cfa_store
.reg
== (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (dest
, 0)))
1575 offset
= -cfa_store
.offset
;
1576 else if (cfa_temp
.reg
== (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (dest
, 0)))
1577 offset
= -cfa_temp
.offset
;
1584 if (cfa_temp
.reg
!= (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0)))
1586 offset
= -cfa_temp
.offset
;
1587 cfa_temp
.offset
-= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest
));
1594 if (REGNO (src
) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
1595 && REGNO (src
) != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
1596 && (unsigned) REGNO (src
) == cfa
.reg
)
1598 /* We're storing the current CFA reg into the stack. */
1600 if (cfa
.offset
== 0)
1602 /* If the source register is exactly the CFA, assume
1603 we're saving SP like any other register; this happens
1605 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
1606 queue_reg_save (label
, stack_pointer_rtx
, offset
);
1611 /* Otherwise, we'll need to look in the stack to
1612 calculate the CFA. */
1613 rtx x
= XEXP (dest
, 0);
1615 if (GET_CODE (x
) != REG
)
1617 if (GET_CODE (x
) != REG
)
1620 cfa
.reg
= REGNO (x
);
1621 cfa
.base_offset
= offset
;
1623 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
1628 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
1629 queue_reg_save (label
, src
, offset
);
1637 /* Record call frame debugging information for INSN, which either
1638 sets SP or FP (adjusting how we calculate the frame address) or saves a
1639 register to the stack. If INSN is NULL_RTX, initialize our state. */
1642 dwarf2out_frame_debug (rtx insn
)
1647 if (insn
== NULL_RTX
)
1649 /* Flush any queued register saves. */
1650 flush_queued_reg_saves ();
1652 /* Set up state for generating call frame debug info. */
1654 if (cfa
.reg
!= (unsigned long) DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
))
1657 cfa
.reg
= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
;
1660 cfa_temp
.offset
= 0;
1664 if (GET_CODE (insn
) != INSN
|| clobbers_queued_reg_save (insn
))
1665 flush_queued_reg_saves ();
1667 if (! RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn
))
1669 if (!ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS
)
1670 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (insn
);
1675 label
= dwarf2out_cfi_label ();
1676 src
= find_reg_note (insn
, REG_FRAME_RELATED_EXPR
, NULL_RTX
);
1678 insn
= XEXP (src
, 0);
1680 insn
= PATTERN (insn
);
1682 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (insn
, label
);
1687 /* Describe for the GTY machinery what parts of dw_cfi_oprnd1 are used. */
1688 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc
1689 (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi
);
1691 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
1692 dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi
)
1697 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save
:
1698 return dw_cfi_oprnd_unused
;
1700 case DW_CFA_set_loc
:
1701 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1
:
1702 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2
:
1703 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4
:
1704 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8
:
1705 return dw_cfi_oprnd_addr
;
1708 case DW_CFA_offset_extended
:
1709 case DW_CFA_def_cfa
:
1710 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
:
1711 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
1712 case DW_CFA_restore_extended
:
1713 case DW_CFA_undefined
:
1714 case DW_CFA_same_value
:
1715 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
1716 case DW_CFA_register
:
1717 return dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num
;
1719 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
1720 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
:
1721 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
1722 return dw_cfi_oprnd_offset
;
1724 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
1725 case DW_CFA_expression
:
1726 return dw_cfi_oprnd_loc
;
1733 /* Describe for the GTY machinery what parts of dw_cfi_oprnd2 are used. */
1734 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc
1735 (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi
);
1737 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
1738 dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi
)
1742 case DW_CFA_def_cfa
:
1743 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
1745 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
:
1746 case DW_CFA_offset_extended
:
1747 return dw_cfi_oprnd_offset
;
1749 case DW_CFA_register
:
1750 return dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num
;
1753 return dw_cfi_oprnd_unused
;
1757 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
1759 /* Output a Call Frame Information opcode and its operand(s). */
1762 output_cfi (dw_cfi_ref cfi
, dw_fde_ref fde
, int for_eh
)
1764 if (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
== DW_CFA_advance_loc
)
1765 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
1766 | (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
& 0x3f)),
1767 "DW_CFA_advance_loc 0x%lx",
1768 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
);
1769 else if (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
== DW_CFA_offset
)
1771 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
1772 | (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
& 0x3f)),
1773 "DW_CFA_offset, column 0x%lx",
1774 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
);
1775 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
, NULL
);
1777 else if (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
== DW_CFA_restore
)
1778 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
1779 | (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
& 0x3f)),
1780 "DW_CFA_restore, column 0x%lx",
1781 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
);
1784 dw2_asm_output_data (1, cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
,
1785 "%s", dwarf_cfi_name (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
));
1787 switch (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
)
1789 case DW_CFA_set_loc
:
1791 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (
1792 ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0),
1793 gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode
, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
),
1796 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
1797 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
, NULL
);
1800 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1
:
1801 dw2_asm_output_delta (1, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
,
1802 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
, NULL
);
1803 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
1806 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2
:
1807 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
,
1808 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
, NULL
);
1809 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
1812 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4
:
1813 dw2_asm_output_delta (4, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
,
1814 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
, NULL
);
1815 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
1818 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8
:
1819 dw2_asm_output_delta (8, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
,
1820 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
, NULL
);
1821 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
1824 case DW_CFA_offset_extended
:
1825 case DW_CFA_def_cfa
:
1826 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
,
1828 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
, NULL
);
1831 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
:
1832 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
1833 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
,
1835 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
, NULL
);
1838 case DW_CFA_restore_extended
:
1839 case DW_CFA_undefined
:
1840 case DW_CFA_same_value
:
1841 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
1842 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
,
1846 case DW_CFA_register
:
1847 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
,
1849 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_reg_num
,
1853 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
1854 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
:
1855 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
, NULL
);
1858 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
1859 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
, NULL
);
1862 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save
:
1865 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
1866 case DW_CFA_expression
:
1867 output_cfa_loc (cfi
);
1870 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended
:
1871 /* Obsoleted by DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf. */
1880 /* Output the call frame information used to used to record information
1881 that relates to calculating the frame pointer, and records the
1882 location of saved registers. */
1885 output_call_frame_info (int for_eh
)
1890 char l1
[20], l2
[20], section_start_label
[20];
1891 bool any_lsda_needed
= false;
1892 char augmentation
[6];
1893 int augmentation_size
;
1894 int fde_encoding
= DW_EH_PE_absptr
;
1895 int per_encoding
= DW_EH_PE_absptr
;
1896 int lsda_encoding
= DW_EH_PE_absptr
;
1898 /* Don't emit a CIE if there won't be any FDEs. */
1899 if (fde_table_in_use
== 0)
1902 /* If we don't have any functions we'll want to unwind out of, don't
1903 emit any EH unwind information. Note that if exceptions aren't
1904 enabled, we won't have collected nothrow information, and if we
1905 asked for asynchronous tables, we always want this info. */
1908 bool any_eh_needed
= !flag_exceptions
|| flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
;
1910 for (i
= 0; i
< fde_table_in_use
; i
++)
1911 if (fde_table
[i
].uses_eh_lsda
)
1912 any_eh_needed
= any_lsda_needed
= true;
1913 else if (! fde_table
[i
].nothrow
1914 && ! fde_table
[i
].all_throwers_are_sibcalls
)
1915 any_eh_needed
= true;
1917 if (! any_eh_needed
)
1921 /* We're going to be generating comments, so turn on app. */
1926 (*targetm
.asm_out
.eh_frame_section
) ();
1928 named_section_flags (DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
1930 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (section_start_label
, FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL
, for_eh
);
1931 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, section_start_label
);
1933 /* Output the CIE. */
1934 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL
, for_eh
);
1935 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2
, CIE_END_LABEL
, for_eh
);
1936 dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh
? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, l2
, l1
,
1937 "Length of Common Information Entry");
1938 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l1
);
1940 /* Now that the CIE pointer is PC-relative for EH,
1941 use 0 to identify the CIE. */
1942 dw2_asm_output_data ((for_eh
? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
),
1943 (for_eh
? 0 : DW_CIE_ID
),
1944 "CIE Identifier Tag");
1946 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_CIE_VERSION
, "CIE Version");
1948 augmentation
[0] = 0;
1949 augmentation_size
= 0;
1955 z Indicates that a uleb128 is present to size the
1956 augmentation section.
1957 L Indicates the encoding (and thus presence) of
1958 an LSDA pointer in the FDE augmentation.
1959 R Indicates a non-default pointer encoding for
1961 P Indicates the presence of an encoding + language
1962 personality routine in the CIE augmentation. */
1964 fde_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0);
1965 per_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2, /*global=*/1);
1966 lsda_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0, /*global=*/0);
1968 p
= augmentation
+ 1;
1969 if (eh_personality_libfunc
)
1972 augmentation_size
+= 1 + size_of_encoded_value (per_encoding
);
1974 if (any_lsda_needed
)
1977 augmentation_size
+= 1;
1979 if (fde_encoding
!= DW_EH_PE_absptr
)
1982 augmentation_size
+= 1;
1984 if (p
> augmentation
+ 1)
1986 augmentation
[0] = 'z';
1990 /* Ug. Some platforms can't do unaligned dynamic relocations at all. */
1991 if (eh_personality_libfunc
&& per_encoding
== DW_EH_PE_aligned
)
1993 int offset
= ( 4 /* Length */
1995 + 1 /* CIE version */
1996 + strlen (augmentation
) + 1 /* Augmentation */
1997 + size_of_uleb128 (1) /* Code alignment */
1998 + size_of_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
)
2000 + 1 /* Augmentation size */
2001 + 1 /* Personality encoding */ );
2002 int pad
= -offset
& (PTR_SIZE
- 1);
2004 augmentation_size
+= pad
;
2006 /* Augmentations should be small, so there's scarce need to
2007 iterate for a solution. Die if we exceed one uleb128 byte. */
2008 if (size_of_uleb128 (augmentation_size
) != 1)
2013 dw2_asm_output_nstring (augmentation
, -1, "CIE Augmentation");
2014 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, "CIE Code Alignment Factor");
2015 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
,
2016 "CIE Data Alignment Factor");
2017 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
, "CIE RA Column");
2019 if (augmentation
[0])
2021 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (augmentation_size
, "Augmentation size");
2022 if (eh_personality_libfunc
)
2024 dw2_asm_output_data (1, per_encoding
, "Personality (%s)",
2025 eh_data_format_name (per_encoding
));
2026 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (per_encoding
,
2027 eh_personality_libfunc
, NULL
);
2030 if (any_lsda_needed
)
2031 dw2_asm_output_data (1, lsda_encoding
, "LSDA Encoding (%s)",
2032 eh_data_format_name (lsda_encoding
));
2034 if (fde_encoding
!= DW_EH_PE_absptr
)
2035 dw2_asm_output_data (1, fde_encoding
, "FDE Encoding (%s)",
2036 eh_data_format_name (fde_encoding
));
2039 for (cfi
= cie_cfi_head
; cfi
!= NULL
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
2040 output_cfi (cfi
, NULL
, for_eh
);
2042 /* Pad the CIE out to an address sized boundary. */
2043 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
,
2044 floor_log2 (for_eh
? PTR_SIZE
: DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
));
2045 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l2
);
2047 /* Loop through all of the FDE's. */
2048 for (i
= 0; i
< fde_table_in_use
; i
++)
2050 fde
= &fde_table
[i
];
2052 /* Don't emit EH unwind info for leaf functions that don't need it. */
2053 if (for_eh
&& !flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
&& flag_exceptions
2054 && (fde
->nothrow
|| fde
->all_throwers_are_sibcalls
)
2055 && !fde
->uses_eh_lsda
)
2058 (*targetm
.asm_out
.internal_label
) (asm_out_file
, FDE_LABEL
, for_eh
+ i
* 2);
2059 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL
, for_eh
+ i
* 2);
2060 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2
, FDE_END_LABEL
, for_eh
+ i
* 2);
2061 dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh
? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, l2
, l1
,
2063 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l1
);
2066 dw2_asm_output_delta (4, l1
, section_start_label
, "FDE CIE offset");
2068 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, section_start_label
,
2073 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (fde_encoding
,
2074 gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode
, fde
->dw_fde_begin
),
2075 "FDE initial location");
2076 dw2_asm_output_delta (size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding
),
2077 fde
->dw_fde_end
, fde
->dw_fde_begin
,
2078 "FDE address range");
2082 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, fde
->dw_fde_begin
,
2083 "FDE initial location");
2084 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
2085 fde
->dw_fde_end
, fde
->dw_fde_begin
,
2086 "FDE address range");
2089 if (augmentation
[0])
2091 if (any_lsda_needed
)
2093 int size
= size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding
);
2095 if (lsda_encoding
== DW_EH_PE_aligned
)
2097 int offset
= ( 4 /* Length */
2098 + 4 /* CIE offset */
2099 + 2 * size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding
)
2100 + 1 /* Augmentation size */ );
2101 int pad
= -offset
& (PTR_SIZE
- 1);
2104 if (size_of_uleb128 (size
) != 1)
2108 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size
, "Augmentation size");
2110 if (fde
->uses_eh_lsda
)
2112 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, "LLSDA",
2113 fde
->funcdef_number
);
2114 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (
2115 lsda_encoding
, gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode
, l1
),
2116 "Language Specific Data Area");
2120 if (lsda_encoding
== DW_EH_PE_aligned
)
2121 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE
));
2123 (size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding
), 0,
2124 "Language Specific Data Area (none)");
2128 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, "Augmentation size");
2131 /* Loop through the Call Frame Instructions associated with
2133 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= fde
->dw_fde_begin
;
2134 for (cfi
= fde
->dw_fde_cfi
; cfi
!= NULL
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
2135 output_cfi (cfi
, fde
, for_eh
);
2137 /* Pad the FDE out to an address sized boundary. */
2138 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
,
2139 floor_log2 ((for_eh
? PTR_SIZE
: DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)));
2140 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l2
);
2143 if (for_eh
&& targetm
.terminate_dw2_eh_frame_info
)
2144 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0, "End of Table");
2145 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
2146 /* Work around Irix 6 assembler bug whereby labels at the end of a section
2147 get a value of 0. Putting .align 0 after the label fixes it. */
2148 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
, 0);
2151 /* Turn off app to make assembly quicker. */
2156 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of a function, before
2160 dwarf2out_begin_prologue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
2161 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
2163 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
2166 current_function_func_begin_label
= 0;
2168 #ifdef IA64_UNWIND_INFO
2169 /* ??? current_function_func_begin_label is also used by except.c
2170 for call-site information. We must emit this label if it might
2172 if ((! flag_exceptions
|| USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS
)
2173 && ! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
2176 if (! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
2180 function_section (current_function_decl
);
2181 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
,
2182 current_function_funcdef_no
);
2183 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
,
2184 current_function_funcdef_no
);
2185 current_function_func_begin_label
= get_identifier (label
);
2187 #ifdef IA64_UNWIND_INFO
2188 /* We can elide the fde allocation if we're not emitting debug info. */
2189 if (! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
2193 /* Expand the fde table if necessary. */
2194 if (fde_table_in_use
== fde_table_allocated
)
2196 fde_table_allocated
+= FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
2197 fde_table
= ggc_realloc (fde_table
,
2198 fde_table_allocated
* sizeof (dw_fde_node
));
2199 memset (fde_table
+ fde_table_in_use
, 0,
2200 FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT
* sizeof (dw_fde_node
));
2203 /* Record the FDE associated with this function. */
2204 current_funcdef_fde
= fde_table_in_use
;
2206 /* Add the new FDE at the end of the fde_table. */
2207 fde
= &fde_table
[fde_table_in_use
++];
2208 fde
->dw_fde_begin
= xstrdup (label
);
2209 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= NULL
;
2210 fde
->dw_fde_end
= NULL
;
2211 fde
->dw_fde_cfi
= NULL
;
2212 fde
->funcdef_number
= current_function_funcdef_no
;
2213 fde
->nothrow
= current_function_nothrow
;
2214 fde
->uses_eh_lsda
= cfun
->uses_eh_lsda
;
2215 fde
->all_throwers_are_sibcalls
= cfun
->all_throwers_are_sibcalls
;
2217 args_size
= old_args_size
= 0;
2219 /* We only want to output line number information for the genuine dwarf2
2220 prologue case, not the eh frame case. */
2221 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
2223 dwarf2out_source_line (line
, file
);
2227 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the absolute end of the generated code
2228 for a function definition. This gets called *after* the epilogue code has
2232 dwarf2out_end_epilogue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
2233 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
2236 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
2238 /* Output a label to mark the endpoint of the code generated for this
2240 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, FUNC_END_LABEL
,
2241 current_function_funcdef_no
);
2242 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, label
);
2243 fde
= &fde_table
[fde_table_in_use
- 1];
2244 fde
->dw_fde_end
= xstrdup (label
);
2248 dwarf2out_frame_init (void)
2250 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the fde_table. */
2251 fde_table
= (dw_fde_ref
) ggc_alloc_cleared (FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT
2252 * sizeof (dw_fde_node
));
2253 fde_table_allocated
= FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
2254 fde_table_in_use
= 0;
2256 /* Generate the CFA instructions common to all FDE's. Do it now for the
2257 sake of lookup_cfa. */
2259 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
2260 /* On entry, the Canonical Frame Address is at SP. */
2261 dwarf2out_def_cfa (NULL
, STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
, INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET
);
2262 initial_return_save (INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX
);
2267 dwarf2out_frame_finish (void)
2269 /* Output call frame information. */
2270 if (write_symbols
== DWARF2_DEBUG
|| write_symbols
== VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG
)
2271 output_call_frame_info (0);
2273 if (! USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS
&& (flag_unwind_tables
|| flag_exceptions
))
2274 output_call_frame_info (1);
2278 /* And now, the subset of the debugging information support code necessary
2279 for emitting location expressions. */
2281 /* We need some way to distinguish DW_OP_addr with a direct symbol
2282 relocation from DW_OP_addr with a dtp-relative symbol relocation. */
2283 #define INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr (0x100 + DW_OP_addr)
2286 typedef struct dw_val_struct
*dw_val_ref
;
2287 typedef struct die_struct
*dw_die_ref
;
2288 typedef struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*dw_loc_descr_ref
;
2289 typedef struct dw_loc_list_struct
*dw_loc_list_ref
;
2291 /* Each DIE may have a series of attribute/value pairs. Values
2292 can take on several forms. The forms that are used in this
2293 implementation are listed below. */
2298 dw_val_class_offset
,
2300 dw_val_class_loc_list
,
2301 dw_val_class_range_list
,
2303 dw_val_class_unsigned_const
,
2304 dw_val_class_long_long
,
2307 dw_val_class_die_ref
,
2308 dw_val_class_fde_ref
,
2309 dw_val_class_lbl_id
,
2310 dw_val_class_lbl_offset
,
2314 /* Describe a double word constant value. */
2315 /* ??? Every instance of long_long in the code really means CONST_DOUBLE. */
2317 typedef struct dw_long_long_struct
GTY(())
2324 /* Describe a floating point constant value. */
2326 typedef struct dw_fp_struct
GTY(())
2328 long * GTY((length ("%h.length"))) array
;
2333 /* The dw_val_node describes an attribute's value, as it is
2334 represented internally. */
2336 typedef struct dw_val_struct
GTY(())
2338 enum dw_val_class val_class
;
2339 union dw_val_struct_union
2341 rtx
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_addr"))) val_addr
;
2342 long unsigned GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_offset"))) val_offset
;
2343 dw_loc_list_ref
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_loc_list"))) val_loc_list
;
2344 dw_loc_descr_ref
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_loc"))) val_loc
;
2345 long int GTY ((default (""))) val_int
;
2346 long unsigned GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_unsigned_const"))) val_unsigned
;
2347 dw_long_long_const
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_long_long"))) val_long_long
;
2348 dw_float_const
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_float"))) val_float
;
2349 struct dw_val_die_union
2353 } GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_die_ref"))) val_die_ref
;
2354 unsigned GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_fde_ref"))) val_fde_index
;
2355 struct indirect_string_node
* GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_str"))) val_str
;
2356 char * GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_lbl_id"))) val_lbl_id
;
2357 unsigned char GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_flag"))) val_flag
;
2359 GTY ((desc ("%1.val_class"))) v
;
2363 /* Locations in memory are described using a sequence of stack machine
2366 typedef struct dw_loc_descr_struct
GTY(())
2368 dw_loc_descr_ref dw_loc_next
;
2369 enum dwarf_location_atom dw_loc_opc
;
2370 dw_val_node dw_loc_oprnd1
;
2371 dw_val_node dw_loc_oprnd2
;
2376 /* Location lists are ranges + location descriptions for that range,
2377 so you can track variables that are in different places over
2378 their entire life. */
2379 typedef struct dw_loc_list_struct
GTY(())
2381 dw_loc_list_ref dw_loc_next
;
2382 const char *begin
; /* Label for begin address of range */
2383 const char *end
; /* Label for end address of range */
2384 char *ll_symbol
; /* Label for beginning of location list.
2385 Only on head of list */
2386 const char *section
; /* Section this loclist is relative to */
2387 dw_loc_descr_ref expr
;
2390 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
2392 static const char *dwarf_stack_op_name (unsigned);
2393 static dw_loc_descr_ref
new_loc_descr (enum dwarf_location_atom
,
2394 unsigned long, unsigned long);
2395 static void add_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref
*, dw_loc_descr_ref
);
2396 static unsigned long size_of_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref
);
2397 static unsigned long size_of_locs (dw_loc_descr_ref
);
2398 static void output_loc_operands (dw_loc_descr_ref
);
2399 static void output_loc_sequence (dw_loc_descr_ref
);
2401 /* Convert a DWARF stack opcode into its string name. */
2404 dwarf_stack_op_name (unsigned int op
)
2409 case INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr
:
2410 return "DW_OP_addr";
2412 return "DW_OP_deref";
2414 return "DW_OP_const1u";
2416 return "DW_OP_const1s";
2418 return "DW_OP_const2u";
2420 return "DW_OP_const2s";
2422 return "DW_OP_const4u";
2424 return "DW_OP_const4s";
2426 return "DW_OP_const8u";
2428 return "DW_OP_const8s";
2430 return "DW_OP_constu";
2432 return "DW_OP_consts";
2436 return "DW_OP_drop";
2438 return "DW_OP_over";
2440 return "DW_OP_pick";
2442 return "DW_OP_swap";
2446 return "DW_OP_xderef";
2454 return "DW_OP_minus";
2466 return "DW_OP_plus";
2467 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
2468 return "DW_OP_plus_uconst";
2474 return "DW_OP_shra";
2492 return "DW_OP_skip";
2494 return "DW_OP_lit0";
2496 return "DW_OP_lit1";
2498 return "DW_OP_lit2";
2500 return "DW_OP_lit3";
2502 return "DW_OP_lit4";
2504 return "DW_OP_lit5";
2506 return "DW_OP_lit6";
2508 return "DW_OP_lit7";
2510 return "DW_OP_lit8";
2512 return "DW_OP_lit9";
2514 return "DW_OP_lit10";
2516 return "DW_OP_lit11";
2518 return "DW_OP_lit12";
2520 return "DW_OP_lit13";
2522 return "DW_OP_lit14";
2524 return "DW_OP_lit15";
2526 return "DW_OP_lit16";
2528 return "DW_OP_lit17";
2530 return "DW_OP_lit18";
2532 return "DW_OP_lit19";
2534 return "DW_OP_lit20";
2536 return "DW_OP_lit21";
2538 return "DW_OP_lit22";
2540 return "DW_OP_lit23";
2542 return "DW_OP_lit24";
2544 return "DW_OP_lit25";
2546 return "DW_OP_lit26";
2548 return "DW_OP_lit27";
2550 return "DW_OP_lit28";
2552 return "DW_OP_lit29";
2554 return "DW_OP_lit30";
2556 return "DW_OP_lit31";
2558 return "DW_OP_reg0";
2560 return "DW_OP_reg1";
2562 return "DW_OP_reg2";
2564 return "DW_OP_reg3";
2566 return "DW_OP_reg4";
2568 return "DW_OP_reg5";
2570 return "DW_OP_reg6";
2572 return "DW_OP_reg7";
2574 return "DW_OP_reg8";
2576 return "DW_OP_reg9";
2578 return "DW_OP_reg10";
2580 return "DW_OP_reg11";
2582 return "DW_OP_reg12";
2584 return "DW_OP_reg13";
2586 return "DW_OP_reg14";
2588 return "DW_OP_reg15";
2590 return "DW_OP_reg16";
2592 return "DW_OP_reg17";
2594 return "DW_OP_reg18";
2596 return "DW_OP_reg19";
2598 return "DW_OP_reg20";
2600 return "DW_OP_reg21";
2602 return "DW_OP_reg22";
2604 return "DW_OP_reg23";
2606 return "DW_OP_reg24";
2608 return "DW_OP_reg25";
2610 return "DW_OP_reg26";
2612 return "DW_OP_reg27";
2614 return "DW_OP_reg28";
2616 return "DW_OP_reg29";
2618 return "DW_OP_reg30";
2620 return "DW_OP_reg31";
2622 return "DW_OP_breg0";
2624 return "DW_OP_breg1";
2626 return "DW_OP_breg2";
2628 return "DW_OP_breg3";
2630 return "DW_OP_breg4";
2632 return "DW_OP_breg5";
2634 return "DW_OP_breg6";
2636 return "DW_OP_breg7";
2638 return "DW_OP_breg8";
2640 return "DW_OP_breg9";
2642 return "DW_OP_breg10";
2644 return "DW_OP_breg11";
2646 return "DW_OP_breg12";
2648 return "DW_OP_breg13";
2650 return "DW_OP_breg14";
2652 return "DW_OP_breg15";
2654 return "DW_OP_breg16";
2656 return "DW_OP_breg17";
2658 return "DW_OP_breg18";
2660 return "DW_OP_breg19";
2662 return "DW_OP_breg20";
2664 return "DW_OP_breg21";
2666 return "DW_OP_breg22";
2668 return "DW_OP_breg23";
2670 return "DW_OP_breg24";
2672 return "DW_OP_breg25";
2674 return "DW_OP_breg26";
2676 return "DW_OP_breg27";
2678 return "DW_OP_breg28";
2680 return "DW_OP_breg29";
2682 return "DW_OP_breg30";
2684 return "DW_OP_breg31";
2686 return "DW_OP_regx";
2688 return "DW_OP_fbreg";
2690 return "DW_OP_bregx";
2692 return "DW_OP_piece";
2693 case DW_OP_deref_size
:
2694 return "DW_OP_deref_size";
2695 case DW_OP_xderef_size
:
2696 return "DW_OP_xderef_size";
2699 case DW_OP_push_object_address
:
2700 return "DW_OP_push_object_address";
2702 return "DW_OP_call2";
2704 return "DW_OP_call4";
2705 case DW_OP_call_ref
:
2706 return "DW_OP_call_ref";
2707 case DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address
:
2708 return "DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address";
2710 return "OP_<unknown>";
2714 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated location description. Location
2715 descriptions are simple expression terms that can be strung
2716 together to form more complicated location (address) descriptions. */
2718 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
2719 new_loc_descr (enum dwarf_location_atom op
, long unsigned int oprnd1
,
2720 long unsigned int oprnd2
)
2722 dw_loc_descr_ref descr
2723 = (dw_loc_descr_ref
) ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (dw_loc_descr_node
));
2725 descr
->dw_loc_opc
= op
;
2726 descr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_unsigned_const
;
2727 descr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
= oprnd1
;
2728 descr
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_class
= dw_val_class_unsigned_const
;
2729 descr
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_unsigned
= oprnd2
;
2735 /* Add a location description term to a location description expression. */
2738 add_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref
*list_head
, dw_loc_descr_ref descr
)
2740 dw_loc_descr_ref
*d
;
2742 /* Find the end of the chain. */
2743 for (d
= list_head
; (*d
) != NULL
; d
= &(*d
)->dw_loc_next
)
2749 /* Return the size of a location descriptor. */
2751 static unsigned long
2752 size_of_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
2754 unsigned long size
= 1;
2756 switch (loc
->dw_loc_opc
)
2759 case INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr
:
2760 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
2779 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
2782 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
);
2787 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
2788 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
2826 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
);
2829 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
2832 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
);
2835 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
2836 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_int
);
2839 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
2841 case DW_OP_deref_size
:
2842 case DW_OP_xderef_size
:
2851 case DW_OP_call_ref
:
2852 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
2861 /* Return the size of a series of location descriptors. */
2863 static unsigned long
2864 size_of_locs (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
2868 for (size
= 0; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
2870 loc
->dw_loc_addr
= size
;
2871 size
+= size_of_loc_descr (loc
);
2877 /* Output location description stack opcode's operands (if any). */
2880 output_loc_operands (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
2882 dw_val_ref val1
= &loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
;
2883 dw_val_ref val2
= &loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
;
2885 switch (loc
->dw_loc_opc
)
2887 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
2889 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, val1
->v
.val_addr
, NULL
);
2893 dw2_asm_output_data (2, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
2897 dw2_asm_output_data (4, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
2901 if (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG
< 64)
2903 dw2_asm_output_data (8, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
2910 if (val1
->val_class
== dw_val_class_loc
)
2911 offset
= val1
->v
.val_loc
->dw_loc_addr
- (loc
->dw_loc_addr
+ 3);
2915 dw2_asm_output_data (2, offset
, NULL
);
2928 /* We currently don't make any attempt to make sure these are
2929 aligned properly like we do for the main unwind info, so
2930 don't support emitting things larger than a byte if we're
2931 only doing unwinding. */
2936 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
2939 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
2942 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
2945 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
2947 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
2948 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
2982 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
2985 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
2988 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
2991 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
2992 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val2
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
2995 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
2997 case DW_OP_deref_size
:
2998 case DW_OP_xderef_size
:
2999 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
3002 case INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr
:
3003 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DTPREL
3004 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DTPREL (asm_out_file
, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
3006 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
3013 /* Other codes have no operands. */
3018 /* Output a sequence of location operations. */
3021 output_loc_sequence (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
3023 for (; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
3025 /* Output the opcode. */
3026 dw2_asm_output_data (1, loc
->dw_loc_opc
,
3027 "%s", dwarf_stack_op_name (loc
->dw_loc_opc
));
3029 /* Output the operand(s) (if any). */
3030 output_loc_operands (loc
);
3034 /* This routine will generate the correct assembly data for a location
3035 description based on a cfi entry with a complex address. */
3038 output_cfa_loc (dw_cfi_ref cfi
)
3040 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
3043 /* Output the size of the block. */
3044 loc
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_loc
;
3045 size
= size_of_locs (loc
);
3046 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size
, NULL
);
3048 /* Now output the operations themselves. */
3049 output_loc_sequence (loc
);
3052 /* This function builds a dwarf location descriptor sequence from
3053 a dw_cfa_location. */
3055 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*
3056 build_cfa_loc (dw_cfa_location
*cfa
)
3058 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*head
, *tmp
;
3060 if (cfa
->indirect
== 0)
3063 if (cfa
->base_offset
)
3066 head
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_breg0
+ cfa
->reg
, cfa
->base_offset
, 0);
3068 head
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx
, cfa
->reg
, cfa
->base_offset
);
3070 else if (cfa
->reg
<= 31)
3071 head
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_reg0
+ cfa
->reg
, 0, 0);
3073 head
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_regx
, cfa
->reg
, 0);
3075 head
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_const
;
3076 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0);
3077 add_loc_descr (&head
, tmp
);
3078 if (cfa
->offset
!= 0)
3080 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
, cfa
->offset
, 0);
3081 add_loc_descr (&head
, tmp
);
3087 /* This function fills in aa dw_cfa_location structure from a dwarf location
3088 descriptor sequence. */
3091 get_cfa_from_loc_descr (dw_cfa_location
*cfa
, struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*loc
)
3093 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*ptr
;
3095 cfa
->base_offset
= 0;
3099 for (ptr
= loc
; ptr
!= NULL
; ptr
= ptr
->dw_loc_next
)
3101 enum dwarf_location_atom op
= ptr
->dw_loc_opc
;
3137 cfa
->reg
= op
- DW_OP_reg0
;
3140 cfa
->reg
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
;
3174 cfa
->reg
= op
- DW_OP_breg0
;
3175 cfa
->base_offset
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
;
3178 cfa
->reg
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
;
3179 cfa
->base_offset
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_int
;
3184 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
3185 cfa
->offset
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
;
3188 internal_error ("DW_LOC_OP %s not implemented\n",
3189 dwarf_stack_op_name (ptr
->dw_loc_opc
));
3193 #endif /* .debug_frame support */
3195 /* And now, the support for symbolic debugging information. */
3196 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3198 /* .debug_str support. */
3199 static int output_indirect_string (void **, void *);
3201 static void dwarf2out_init (const char *);
3202 static void dwarf2out_finish (const char *);
3203 static void dwarf2out_define (unsigned int, const char *);
3204 static void dwarf2out_undef (unsigned int, const char *);
3205 static void dwarf2out_start_source_file (unsigned, const char *);
3206 static void dwarf2out_end_source_file (unsigned);
3207 static void dwarf2out_begin_block (unsigned, unsigned);
3208 static void dwarf2out_end_block (unsigned, unsigned);
3209 static bool dwarf2out_ignore_block (tree
);
3210 static void dwarf2out_global_decl (tree
);
3211 static void dwarf2out_abstract_function (tree
);
3213 /* The debug hooks structure. */
3215 const struct gcc_debug_hooks dwarf2_debug_hooks
=
3221 dwarf2out_start_source_file
,
3222 dwarf2out_end_source_file
,
3223 dwarf2out_begin_block
,
3224 dwarf2out_end_block
,
3225 dwarf2out_ignore_block
,
3226 dwarf2out_source_line
,
3227 dwarf2out_begin_prologue
,
3228 debug_nothing_int_charstar
, /* end_prologue */
3229 dwarf2out_end_epilogue
,
3230 debug_nothing_tree
, /* begin_function */
3231 debug_nothing_int
, /* end_function */
3232 dwarf2out_decl
, /* function_decl */
3233 dwarf2out_global_decl
,
3234 debug_nothing_tree
, /* deferred_inline_function */
3235 /* The DWARF 2 backend tries to reduce debugging bloat by not
3236 emitting the abstract description of inline functions until
3237 something tries to reference them. */
3238 dwarf2out_abstract_function
, /* outlining_inline_function */
3239 debug_nothing_rtx
, /* label */
3240 debug_nothing_int
/* handle_pch */
3244 /* NOTE: In the comments in this file, many references are made to
3245 "Debugging Information Entries". This term is abbreviated as `DIE'
3246 throughout the remainder of this file. */
3248 /* An internal representation of the DWARF output is built, and then
3249 walked to generate the DWARF debugging info. The walk of the internal
3250 representation is done after the entire program has been compiled.
3251 The types below are used to describe the internal representation. */
3253 /* Various DIE's use offsets relative to the beginning of the
3254 .debug_info section to refer to each other. */
3256 typedef long int dw_offset
;
3258 /* Define typedefs here to avoid circular dependencies. */
3260 typedef struct dw_attr_struct
*dw_attr_ref
;
3261 typedef struct dw_line_info_struct
*dw_line_info_ref
;
3262 typedef struct dw_separate_line_info_struct
*dw_separate_line_info_ref
;
3263 typedef struct pubname_struct
*pubname_ref
;
3264 typedef struct dw_ranges_struct
*dw_ranges_ref
;
3266 /* Each entry in the line_info_table maintains the file and
3267 line number associated with the label generated for that
3268 entry. The label gives the PC value associated with
3269 the line number entry. */
3271 typedef struct dw_line_info_struct
GTY(())
3273 unsigned long dw_file_num
;
3274 unsigned long dw_line_num
;
3278 /* Line information for functions in separate sections; each one gets its
3280 typedef struct dw_separate_line_info_struct
GTY(())
3282 unsigned long dw_file_num
;
3283 unsigned long dw_line_num
;
3284 unsigned long function
;
3286 dw_separate_line_info_entry
;
3288 /* Each DIE attribute has a field specifying the attribute kind,
3289 a link to the next attribute in the chain, and an attribute value.
3290 Attributes are typically linked below the DIE they modify. */
3292 typedef struct dw_attr_struct
GTY(())
3294 enum dwarf_attribute dw_attr
;
3295 dw_attr_ref dw_attr_next
;
3296 dw_val_node dw_attr_val
;
3300 /* The Debugging Information Entry (DIE) structure */
3302 typedef struct die_struct
GTY(())
3304 enum dwarf_tag die_tag
;
3306 dw_attr_ref die_attr
;
3307 dw_die_ref die_parent
;
3308 dw_die_ref die_child
;
3310 dw_offset die_offset
;
3311 unsigned long die_abbrev
;
3316 /* The pubname structure */
3318 typedef struct pubname_struct
GTY(())
3325 struct dw_ranges_struct
GTY(())
3330 /* The limbo die list structure. */
3331 typedef struct limbo_die_struct
GTY(())
3335 struct limbo_die_struct
*next
;
3339 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
3340 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
3341 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
3344 /* Define a macro which returns nonzero for a TYPE_DECL which was
3345 implicitly generated for a tagged type.
3347 Note that unlike the gcc front end (which generates a NULL named
3348 TYPE_DECL node for each complete tagged type, each array type, and
3349 each function type node created) the g++ front end generates a
3350 _named_ TYPE_DECL node for each tagged type node created.
3351 These TYPE_DECLs have DECL_ARTIFICIAL set, so we know not to
3352 generate a DW_TAG_typedef DIE for them. */
3354 #define TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB(decl) \
3355 (DECL_NAME (decl) == NULL_TREE \
3356 || (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl) \
3357 && is_tagged_type (TREE_TYPE (decl)) \
3358 && ((decl == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl))) \
3359 /* This is necessary for stub decls that \
3360 appear in nested inline functions. */ \
3361 || (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) != NULL_TREE \
3362 && (decl_ultimate_origin (decl) \
3363 == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl)))))))
3365 /* Information concerning the compilation unit's programming
3366 language, and compiler version. */
3368 /* Fixed size portion of the DWARF compilation unit header. */
3369 #define DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE \
3370 (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 3)
3372 /* Fixed size portion of public names info. */
3373 #define DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE (2 * DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 2)
3375 /* Fixed size portion of the address range info. */
3376 #define DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE \
3377 (DWARF_ROUND (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, \
3378 DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \
3379 - DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE)
3381 /* Size of padding portion in the address range info. It must be
3382 aligned to twice the pointer size. */
3383 #define DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE \
3384 (DWARF_ROUND (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, \
3385 DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \
3386 - (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4))
3388 /* Use assembler line directives if available. */
3389 #ifndef DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
3390 #ifdef HAVE_AS_DWARF2_DEBUG_LINE
3391 #define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 1
3393 #define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 0
3397 /* Minimum line offset in a special line info. opcode.
3398 This value was chosen to give a reasonable range of values. */
3399 #define DWARF_LINE_BASE -10
3401 /* First special line opcode - leave room for the standard opcodes. */
3402 #define DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE 10
3404 /* Range of line offsets in a special line info. opcode. */
3405 #define DWARF_LINE_RANGE (254-DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE+1)
3407 /* Flag that indicates the initial value of the is_stmt_start flag.
3408 In the present implementation, we do not mark any lines as
3409 the beginning of a source statement, because that information
3410 is not made available by the GCC front-end. */
3411 #define DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START 1
3413 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3414 /* This location is used by calc_die_sizes() to keep track
3415 the offset of each DIE within the .debug_info section. */
3416 static unsigned long next_die_offset
;
3419 /* Record the root of the DIE's built for the current compilation unit. */
3420 static GTY(()) dw_die_ref comp_unit_die
;
3422 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3423 /* We need special handling in dwarf2out_start_source_file if it is
3425 static int is_main_source
;
3428 /* A list of DIEs with a NULL parent waiting to be relocated. */
3429 static GTY(()) limbo_die_node
*limbo_die_list
;
3431 /* Filenames referenced by this compilation unit. */
3432 static GTY(()) varray_type file_table
;
3433 static GTY(()) varray_type file_table_emitted
;
3434 static GTY(()) size_t file_table_last_lookup_index
;
3436 /* A pointer to the base of a table of references to DIE's that describe
3437 declarations. The table is indexed by DECL_UID() which is a unique
3438 number identifying each decl. */
3439 static GTY((length ("decl_die_table_allocated"))) dw_die_ref
*decl_die_table
;
3441 /* Number of elements currently allocated for the decl_die_table. */
3442 static GTY(()) unsigned decl_die_table_allocated
;
3444 /* Number of elements in decl_die_table currently in use. */
3445 static GTY(()) unsigned decl_die_table_in_use
;
3447 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3449 #define DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
3451 /* A pointer to the base of a list of references to DIE's that
3452 are uniquely identified by their tag, presence/absence of
3453 children DIE's, and list of attribute/value pairs. */
3454 static GTY((length ("abbrev_die_table_allocated")))
3455 dw_die_ref
*abbrev_die_table
;
3457 /* Number of elements currently allocated for abbrev_die_table. */
3458 static GTY(()) unsigned abbrev_die_table_allocated
;
3460 /* Number of elements in type_die_table currently in use. */
3461 static GTY(()) unsigned abbrev_die_table_in_use
;
3463 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3464 abbrev_die_table. */
3465 #define ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
3467 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains line information
3468 for each source code line in .text in the compilation unit. */
3469 static GTY((length ("line_info_table_allocated")))
3470 dw_line_info_ref line_info_table
;
3472 /* Number of elements currently allocated for line_info_table. */
3473 static GTY(()) unsigned line_info_table_allocated
;
3475 /* Number of elements in line_info_table currently in use. */
3476 static GTY(()) unsigned line_info_table_in_use
;
3478 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains line information
3479 for each source code line outside of .text in the compilation unit. */
3480 static GTY ((length ("separate_line_info_table_allocated")))
3481 dw_separate_line_info_ref separate_line_info_table
;
3483 /* Number of elements currently allocated for separate_line_info_table. */
3484 static GTY(()) unsigned separate_line_info_table_allocated
;
3486 /* Number of elements in separate_line_info_table currently in use. */
3487 static GTY(()) unsigned separate_line_info_table_in_use
;
3489 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3491 #define LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT 1024
3493 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains a list of publicly
3494 accessible names. */
3495 static GTY ((length ("pubname_table_allocated"))) pubname_ref pubname_table
;
3497 /* Number of elements currently allocated for pubname_table. */
3498 static GTY(()) unsigned pubname_table_allocated
;
3500 /* Number of elements in pubname_table currently in use. */
3501 static GTY(()) unsigned pubname_table_in_use
;
3503 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3505 #define PUBNAME_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
3507 /* Array of dies for which we should generate .debug_arange info. */
3508 static GTY((length ("arange_table_allocated"))) dw_die_ref
*arange_table
;
3510 /* Number of elements currently allocated for arange_table. */
3511 static GTY(()) unsigned arange_table_allocated
;
3513 /* Number of elements in arange_table currently in use. */
3514 static GTY(()) unsigned arange_table_in_use
;
3516 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3518 #define ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
3520 /* Array of dies for which we should generate .debug_ranges info. */
3521 static GTY ((length ("ranges_table_allocated"))) dw_ranges_ref ranges_table
;
3523 /* Number of elements currently allocated for ranges_table. */
3524 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_table_allocated
;
3526 /* Number of elements in ranges_table currently in use. */
3527 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_table_in_use
;
3529 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3531 #define RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
3533 /* Whether we have location lists that need outputting */
3534 static GTY(()) unsigned have_location_lists
;
3536 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3537 /* Record whether the function being analyzed contains inlined functions. */
3538 static int current_function_has_inlines
;
3540 #if 0 && defined (MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO)
3541 static int comp_unit_has_inlines
;
3544 /* Number of file tables emitted in maybe_emit_file(). */
3545 static GTY(()) int emitcount
= 0;
3547 /* Number of internal labels generated by gen_internal_sym(). */
3548 static GTY(()) int label_num
;
3550 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3552 /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
3554 static int is_pseudo_reg (rtx
);
3555 static tree
type_main_variant (tree
);
3556 static int is_tagged_type (tree
);
3557 static const char *dwarf_tag_name (unsigned);
3558 static const char *dwarf_attr_name (unsigned);
3559 static const char *dwarf_form_name (unsigned);
3561 static const char *dwarf_type_encoding_name (unsigned);
3563 static tree
decl_ultimate_origin (tree
);
3564 static tree
block_ultimate_origin (tree
);
3565 static tree
decl_class_context (tree
);
3566 static void add_dwarf_attr (dw_die_ref
, dw_attr_ref
);
3567 static inline enum dw_val_class
AT_class (dw_attr_ref
);
3568 static void add_AT_flag (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, unsigned);
3569 static inline unsigned AT_flag (dw_attr_ref
);
3570 static void add_AT_int (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, long);
3571 static inline long int AT_int (dw_attr_ref
);
3572 static void add_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, unsigned long);
3573 static inline unsigned long AT_unsigned (dw_attr_ref
);
3574 static void add_AT_long_long (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, unsigned long,
3576 static void add_AT_float (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, unsigned, long *);
3577 static hashval_t
debug_str_do_hash (const void *);
3578 static int debug_str_eq (const void *, const void *);
3579 static void add_AT_string (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, const char *);
3580 static inline const char *AT_string (dw_attr_ref
);
3581 static int AT_string_form (dw_attr_ref
);
3582 static void add_AT_die_ref (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, dw_die_ref
);
3583 static inline dw_die_ref
AT_ref (dw_attr_ref
);
3584 static inline int AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref
);
3585 static inline void set_AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref
, int);
3586 static void add_AT_fde_ref (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, unsigned);
3587 static void add_AT_loc (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, dw_loc_descr_ref
);
3588 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
AT_loc (dw_attr_ref
);
3589 static void add_AT_loc_list (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
,
3591 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
AT_loc_list (dw_attr_ref
);
3592 static void add_AT_addr (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, rtx
);
3593 static inline rtx
AT_addr (dw_attr_ref
);
3594 static void add_AT_lbl_id (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, const char *);
3595 static void add_AT_lbl_offset (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, const char *);
3596 static void add_AT_offset (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, unsigned long);
3597 static void add_AT_range_list (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
,
3599 static inline const char *AT_lbl (dw_attr_ref
);
3600 static dw_attr_ref
get_AT (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
3601 static const char *get_AT_low_pc (dw_die_ref
);
3602 static const char *get_AT_hi_pc (dw_die_ref
);
3603 static const char *get_AT_string (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
3604 static int get_AT_flag (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
3605 static unsigned get_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
3606 static inline dw_die_ref
get_AT_ref (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
3607 static bool is_c_family (void);
3608 static bool is_cxx (void);
3609 static bool is_java (void);
3610 static bool is_fortran (void);
3611 static bool is_ada (void);
3612 static void remove_AT (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
3613 static inline void free_die (dw_die_ref
);
3614 static void remove_children (dw_die_ref
);
3615 static void add_child_die (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
);
3616 static dw_die_ref
new_die (enum dwarf_tag
, dw_die_ref
, tree
);
3617 static dw_die_ref
lookup_type_die (tree
);
3618 static void equate_type_number_to_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3619 static dw_die_ref
lookup_decl_die (tree
);
3620 static void equate_decl_number_to_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3621 static void print_spaces (FILE *);
3622 static void print_die (dw_die_ref
, FILE *);
3623 static void print_dwarf_line_table (FILE *);
3624 static void reverse_die_lists (dw_die_ref
);
3625 static void reverse_all_dies (dw_die_ref
);
3626 static dw_die_ref
push_new_compile_unit (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
);
3627 static dw_die_ref
pop_compile_unit (dw_die_ref
);
3628 static void loc_checksum (dw_loc_descr_ref
, struct md5_ctx
*);
3629 static void attr_checksum (dw_attr_ref
, struct md5_ctx
*, int *);
3630 static void die_checksum (dw_die_ref
, struct md5_ctx
*, int *);
3631 static int same_loc_p (dw_loc_descr_ref
, dw_loc_descr_ref
, int *);
3632 static int same_dw_val_p (dw_val_node
*, dw_val_node
*, int *);
3633 static int same_attr_p (dw_attr_ref
, dw_attr_ref
, int *);
3634 static int same_die_p (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
, int *);
3635 static int same_die_p_wrap (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
);
3636 static void compute_section_prefix (dw_die_ref
);
3637 static int is_type_die (dw_die_ref
);
3638 static int is_comdat_die (dw_die_ref
);
3639 static int is_symbol_die (dw_die_ref
);
3640 static void assign_symbol_names (dw_die_ref
);
3641 static void break_out_includes (dw_die_ref
);
3642 static hashval_t
htab_cu_hash (const void *);
3643 static int htab_cu_eq (const void *, const void *);
3644 static void htab_cu_del (void *);
3645 static int check_duplicate_cu (dw_die_ref
, htab_t
, unsigned *);
3646 static void record_comdat_symbol_number (dw_die_ref
, htab_t
, unsigned);
3647 static void add_sibling_attributes (dw_die_ref
);
3648 static void build_abbrev_table (dw_die_ref
);
3649 static void output_location_lists (dw_die_ref
);
3650 static int constant_size (long unsigned);
3651 static unsigned long size_of_die (dw_die_ref
);
3652 static void calc_die_sizes (dw_die_ref
);
3653 static void mark_dies (dw_die_ref
);
3654 static void unmark_dies (dw_die_ref
);
3655 static void unmark_all_dies (dw_die_ref
);
3656 static unsigned long size_of_pubnames (void);
3657 static unsigned long size_of_aranges (void);
3658 static enum dwarf_form
value_format (dw_attr_ref
);
3659 static void output_value_format (dw_attr_ref
);
3660 static void output_abbrev_section (void);
3661 static void output_die_symbol (dw_die_ref
);
3662 static void output_die (dw_die_ref
);
3663 static void output_compilation_unit_header (void);
3664 static void output_comp_unit (dw_die_ref
, int);
3665 static const char *dwarf2_name (tree
, int);
3666 static void add_pubname (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3667 static void output_pubnames (void);
3668 static void add_arange (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3669 static void output_aranges (void);
3670 static unsigned int add_ranges (tree
);
3671 static void output_ranges (void);
3672 static void output_line_info (void);
3673 static void output_file_names (void);
3674 static dw_die_ref
base_type_die (tree
);
3675 static tree
root_type (tree
);
3676 static int is_base_type (tree
);
3677 static bool is_ada_subrange_type (tree
);
3678 static dw_die_ref
subrange_type_die (tree
);
3679 static dw_die_ref
modified_type_die (tree
, int, int, dw_die_ref
);
3680 static int type_is_enum (tree
);
3681 static unsigned int reg_number (rtx
);
3682 static dw_loc_descr_ref
reg_loc_descriptor (rtx
);
3683 static dw_loc_descr_ref
one_reg_loc_descriptor (unsigned int);
3684 static dw_loc_descr_ref
multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtx
, rtx
);
3685 static dw_loc_descr_ref
int_loc_descriptor (HOST_WIDE_INT
);
3686 static dw_loc_descr_ref
based_loc_descr (unsigned, long);
3687 static int is_based_loc (rtx
);
3688 static dw_loc_descr_ref
mem_loc_descriptor (rtx
, enum machine_mode mode
);
3689 static dw_loc_descr_ref
concat_loc_descriptor (rtx
, rtx
);
3690 static dw_loc_descr_ref
loc_descriptor (rtx
);
3691 static dw_loc_descr_ref
loc_descriptor_from_tree (tree
, int);
3692 static HOST_WIDE_INT
ceiling (HOST_WIDE_INT
, unsigned int);
3693 static tree
field_type (tree
);
3694 static unsigned int simple_type_align_in_bits (tree
);
3695 static unsigned int simple_decl_align_in_bits (tree
);
3696 static unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
simple_type_size_in_bits (tree
);
3697 static HOST_WIDE_INT
field_byte_offset (tree
);
3698 static void add_AT_location_description (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
,
3700 static void add_data_member_location_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
3701 static void add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref
, rtx
);
3702 static rtx
rtl_for_decl_location (tree
);
3703 static void add_location_or_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
3704 static void tree_add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
3705 static void add_name_attribute (dw_die_ref
, const char *);
3706 static void add_comp_dir_attribute (dw_die_ref
);
3707 static void add_bound_info (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, tree
);
3708 static void add_subscript_info (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
3709 static void add_byte_size_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
3710 static void add_bit_offset_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
3711 static void add_bit_size_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
3712 static void add_prototyped_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
3713 static void add_abstract_origin_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
3714 static void add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
3715 static void add_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
3716 static void add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
3717 static void push_decl_scope (tree
);
3718 static void pop_decl_scope (void);
3719 static dw_die_ref
scope_die_for (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3720 static inline int local_scope_p (dw_die_ref
);
3721 static inline int class_scope_p (dw_die_ref
);
3722 static void add_type_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
, int, int, dw_die_ref
);
3723 static const char *type_tag (tree
);
3724 static tree
member_declared_type (tree
);
3726 static const char *decl_start_label (tree
);
3728 static void gen_array_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3729 static void gen_set_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3731 static void gen_entry_point_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3733 static void gen_inlined_enumeration_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3734 static void gen_inlined_structure_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3735 static void gen_inlined_union_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3736 static void gen_enumeration_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3737 static dw_die_ref
gen_formal_parameter_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3738 static void gen_unspecified_parameters_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3739 static void gen_formal_types_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3740 static void gen_subprogram_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3741 static void gen_variable_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3742 static void gen_label_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3743 static void gen_lexical_block_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
, int);
3744 static void gen_inlined_subroutine_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
, int);
3745 static void gen_field_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3746 static void gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3747 static dw_die_ref
gen_compile_unit_die (const char *);
3748 static void gen_string_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3749 static void gen_inheritance_die (tree
, tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3750 static void gen_member_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3751 static void gen_struct_or_union_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3752 static void gen_subroutine_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3753 static void gen_typedef_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3754 static void gen_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3755 static void gen_tagged_type_instantiation_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3756 static void gen_block_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
, int);
3757 static void decls_for_scope (tree
, dw_die_ref
, int);
3758 static int is_redundant_typedef (tree
);
3759 static void gen_decl_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3760 static unsigned lookup_filename (const char *);
3761 static void init_file_table (void);
3762 static void retry_incomplete_types (void);
3763 static void gen_type_die_for_member (tree
, tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3764 static void splice_child_die (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
);
3765 static int file_info_cmp (const void *, const void *);
3766 static dw_loc_list_ref
new_loc_list (dw_loc_descr_ref
, const char *,
3767 const char *, const char *, unsigned);
3768 static void add_loc_descr_to_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref
*, dw_loc_descr_ref
,
3769 const char *, const char *,
3771 static void output_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref
);
3772 static char *gen_internal_sym (const char *);
3774 static void prune_unmark_dies (dw_die_ref
);
3775 static void prune_unused_types_mark (dw_die_ref
, int);
3776 static void prune_unused_types_walk (dw_die_ref
);
3777 static void prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (dw_die_ref
);
3778 static void prune_unused_types_prune (dw_die_ref
);
3779 static void prune_unused_types (void);
3780 static int maybe_emit_file (int);
3782 /* Section names used to hold DWARF debugging information. */
3783 #ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION
3784 #define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION ".debug_info"
3786 #ifndef DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION
3787 #define DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION ".debug_abbrev"
3789 #ifndef DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION
3790 #define DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION ".debug_aranges"
3792 #ifndef DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
3793 #define DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION ".debug_macinfo"
3795 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION
3796 #define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION ".debug_line"
3798 #ifndef DEBUG_LOC_SECTION
3799 #define DEBUG_LOC_SECTION ".debug_loc"
3801 #ifndef DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION
3802 #define DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION ".debug_pubnames"
3804 #ifndef DEBUG_STR_SECTION
3805 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION ".debug_str"
3807 #ifndef DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION
3808 #define DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION ".debug_ranges"
3811 /* Standard ELF section names for compiled code and data. */
3812 #ifndef TEXT_SECTION_NAME
3813 #define TEXT_SECTION_NAME ".text"
3816 /* Section flags for .debug_str section. */
3817 #ifdef HAVE_GAS_SHF_MERGE
3818 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS \
3819 (flag_merge_constants \
3820 ? SECTION_DEBUG | SECTION_MERGE | SECTION_STRINGS | 1 \
3823 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS SECTION_DEBUG
3826 /* Labels we insert at beginning sections we can reference instead of
3827 the section names themselves. */
3829 #ifndef TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
3830 #define TEXT_SECTION_LABEL "Ltext"
3832 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL
3833 #define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_line"
3835 #ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL
3836 #define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_info"
3838 #ifndef DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL
3839 #define DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_abbrev"
3841 #ifndef DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL
3842 #define DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_loc"
3844 #ifndef DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL
3845 #define DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_ranges"
3847 #ifndef DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL
3848 #define DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_macinfo"
3851 /* Definitions of defaults for formats and names of various special
3852 (artificial) labels which may be generated within this file (when the -g
3853 options is used and DWARF_DEBUGGING_INFO is in effect.
3854 If necessary, these may be overridden from within the tm.h file, but
3855 typically, overriding these defaults is unnecessary. */
3857 static char text_end_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
3858 static char text_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
3859 static char abbrev_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
3860 static char debug_info_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
3861 static char debug_line_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
3862 static char macinfo_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
3863 static char loc_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
3864 static char ranges_section_label
[2 * MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
3866 #ifndef TEXT_END_LABEL
3867 #define TEXT_END_LABEL "Letext"
3869 #ifndef BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
3870 #define BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL "LBB"
3872 #ifndef BLOCK_END_LABEL
3873 #define BLOCK_END_LABEL "LBE"
3875 #ifndef LINE_CODE_LABEL
3876 #define LINE_CODE_LABEL "LM"
3878 #ifndef SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL
3879 #define SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL "LSM"
3882 /* We allow a language front-end to designate a function that is to be
3883 called to "demangle" any name before it it put into a DIE. */
3885 static const char *(*demangle_name_func
) (const char *);
3888 dwarf2out_set_demangle_name_func (const char *(*func
) (const char *))
3890 demangle_name_func
= func
;
3893 /* Test if rtl node points to a pseudo register. */
3896 is_pseudo_reg (rtx rtl
)
3898 return ((GET_CODE (rtl
) == REG
&& REGNO (rtl
) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
3899 || (GET_CODE (rtl
) == SUBREG
3900 && REGNO (SUBREG_REG (rtl
)) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
));
3903 /* Return a reference to a type, with its const and volatile qualifiers
3907 type_main_variant (tree type
)
3909 type
= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type
);
3911 /* ??? There really should be only one main variant among any group of
3912 variants of a given type (and all of the MAIN_VARIANT values for all
3913 members of the group should point to that one type) but sometimes the C
3914 front-end messes this up for array types, so we work around that bug
3916 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
)
3917 while (type
!= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type
))
3918 type
= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type
);
3923 /* Return nonzero if the given type node represents a tagged type. */
3926 is_tagged_type (tree type
)
3928 enum tree_code code
= TREE_CODE (type
);
3930 return (code
== RECORD_TYPE
|| code
== UNION_TYPE
3931 || code
== QUAL_UNION_TYPE
|| code
== ENUMERAL_TYPE
);
3934 /* Convert a DIE tag into its string name. */
3937 dwarf_tag_name (unsigned int tag
)
3941 case DW_TAG_padding
:
3942 return "DW_TAG_padding";
3943 case DW_TAG_array_type
:
3944 return "DW_TAG_array_type";
3945 case DW_TAG_class_type
:
3946 return "DW_TAG_class_type";
3947 case DW_TAG_entry_point
:
3948 return "DW_TAG_entry_point";
3949 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type
:
3950 return "DW_TAG_enumeration_type";
3951 case DW_TAG_formal_parameter
:
3952 return "DW_TAG_formal_parameter";
3953 case DW_TAG_imported_declaration
:
3954 return "DW_TAG_imported_declaration";
3956 return "DW_TAG_label";
3957 case DW_TAG_lexical_block
:
3958 return "DW_TAG_lexical_block";
3960 return "DW_TAG_member";
3961 case DW_TAG_pointer_type
:
3962 return "DW_TAG_pointer_type";
3963 case DW_TAG_reference_type
:
3964 return "DW_TAG_reference_type";
3965 case DW_TAG_compile_unit
:
3966 return "DW_TAG_compile_unit";
3967 case DW_TAG_string_type
:
3968 return "DW_TAG_string_type";
3969 case DW_TAG_structure_type
:
3970 return "DW_TAG_structure_type";
3971 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type
:
3972 return "DW_TAG_subroutine_type";
3973 case DW_TAG_typedef
:
3974 return "DW_TAG_typedef";
3975 case DW_TAG_union_type
:
3976 return "DW_TAG_union_type";
3977 case DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters
:
3978 return "DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters";
3979 case DW_TAG_variant
:
3980 return "DW_TAG_variant";
3981 case DW_TAG_common_block
:
3982 return "DW_TAG_common_block";
3983 case DW_TAG_common_inclusion
:
3984 return "DW_TAG_common_inclusion";
3985 case DW_TAG_inheritance
:
3986 return "DW_TAG_inheritance";
3987 case DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine
:
3988 return "DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine";
3990 return "DW_TAG_module";
3991 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
:
3992 return "DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type";
3993 case DW_TAG_set_type
:
3994 return "DW_TAG_set_type";
3995 case DW_TAG_subrange_type
:
3996 return "DW_TAG_subrange_type";
3997 case DW_TAG_with_stmt
:
3998 return "DW_TAG_with_stmt";
3999 case DW_TAG_access_declaration
:
4000 return "DW_TAG_access_declaration";
4001 case DW_TAG_base_type
:
4002 return "DW_TAG_base_type";
4003 case DW_TAG_catch_block
:
4004 return "DW_TAG_catch_block";
4005 case DW_TAG_const_type
:
4006 return "DW_TAG_const_type";
4007 case DW_TAG_constant
:
4008 return "DW_TAG_constant";
4009 case DW_TAG_enumerator
:
4010 return "DW_TAG_enumerator";
4011 case DW_TAG_file_type
:
4012 return "DW_TAG_file_type";
4014 return "DW_TAG_friend";
4015 case DW_TAG_namelist
:
4016 return "DW_TAG_namelist";
4017 case DW_TAG_namelist_item
:
4018 return "DW_TAG_namelist_item";
4019 case DW_TAG_packed_type
:
4020 return "DW_TAG_packed_type";
4021 case DW_TAG_subprogram
:
4022 return "DW_TAG_subprogram";
4023 case DW_TAG_template_type_param
:
4024 return "DW_TAG_template_type_param";
4025 case DW_TAG_template_value_param
:
4026 return "DW_TAG_template_value_param";
4027 case DW_TAG_thrown_type
:
4028 return "DW_TAG_thrown_type";
4029 case DW_TAG_try_block
:
4030 return "DW_TAG_try_block";
4031 case DW_TAG_variant_part
:
4032 return "DW_TAG_variant_part";
4033 case DW_TAG_variable
:
4034 return "DW_TAG_variable";
4035 case DW_TAG_volatile_type
:
4036 return "DW_TAG_volatile_type";
4037 case DW_TAG_MIPS_loop
:
4038 return "DW_TAG_MIPS_loop";
4039 case DW_TAG_format_label
:
4040 return "DW_TAG_format_label";
4041 case DW_TAG_function_template
:
4042 return "DW_TAG_function_template";
4043 case DW_TAG_class_template
:
4044 return "DW_TAG_class_template";
4045 case DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
:
4046 return "DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL";
4047 case DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
:
4048 return "DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL";
4050 return "DW_TAG_<unknown>";
4054 /* Convert a DWARF attribute code into its string name. */
4057 dwarf_attr_name (unsigned int attr
)
4062 return "DW_AT_sibling";
4063 case DW_AT_location
:
4064 return "DW_AT_location";
4066 return "DW_AT_name";
4067 case DW_AT_ordering
:
4068 return "DW_AT_ordering";
4069 case DW_AT_subscr_data
:
4070 return "DW_AT_subscr_data";
4071 case DW_AT_byte_size
:
4072 return "DW_AT_byte_size";
4073 case DW_AT_bit_offset
:
4074 return "DW_AT_bit_offset";
4075 case DW_AT_bit_size
:
4076 return "DW_AT_bit_size";
4077 case DW_AT_element_list
:
4078 return "DW_AT_element_list";
4079 case DW_AT_stmt_list
:
4080 return "DW_AT_stmt_list";
4082 return "DW_AT_low_pc";
4084 return "DW_AT_high_pc";
4085 case DW_AT_language
:
4086 return "DW_AT_language";
4088 return "DW_AT_member";
4090 return "DW_AT_discr";
4091 case DW_AT_discr_value
:
4092 return "DW_AT_discr_value";
4093 case DW_AT_visibility
:
4094 return "DW_AT_visibility";
4096 return "DW_AT_import";
4097 case DW_AT_string_length
:
4098 return "DW_AT_string_length";
4099 case DW_AT_common_reference
:
4100 return "DW_AT_common_reference";
4101 case DW_AT_comp_dir
:
4102 return "DW_AT_comp_dir";
4103 case DW_AT_const_value
:
4104 return "DW_AT_const_value";
4105 case DW_AT_containing_type
:
4106 return "DW_AT_containing_type";
4107 case DW_AT_default_value
:
4108 return "DW_AT_default_value";
4110 return "DW_AT_inline";
4111 case DW_AT_is_optional
:
4112 return "DW_AT_is_optional";
4113 case DW_AT_lower_bound
:
4114 return "DW_AT_lower_bound";
4115 case DW_AT_producer
:
4116 return "DW_AT_producer";
4117 case DW_AT_prototyped
:
4118 return "DW_AT_prototyped";
4119 case DW_AT_return_addr
:
4120 return "DW_AT_return_addr";
4121 case DW_AT_start_scope
:
4122 return "DW_AT_start_scope";
4123 case DW_AT_stride_size
:
4124 return "DW_AT_stride_size";
4125 case DW_AT_upper_bound
:
4126 return "DW_AT_upper_bound";
4127 case DW_AT_abstract_origin
:
4128 return "DW_AT_abstract_origin";
4129 case DW_AT_accessibility
:
4130 return "DW_AT_accessibility";
4131 case DW_AT_address_class
:
4132 return "DW_AT_address_class";
4133 case DW_AT_artificial
:
4134 return "DW_AT_artificial";
4135 case DW_AT_base_types
:
4136 return "DW_AT_base_types";
4137 case DW_AT_calling_convention
:
4138 return "DW_AT_calling_convention";
4140 return "DW_AT_count";
4141 case DW_AT_data_member_location
:
4142 return "DW_AT_data_member_location";
4143 case DW_AT_decl_column
:
4144 return "DW_AT_decl_column";
4145 case DW_AT_decl_file
:
4146 return "DW_AT_decl_file";
4147 case DW_AT_decl_line
:
4148 return "DW_AT_decl_line";
4149 case DW_AT_declaration
:
4150 return "DW_AT_declaration";
4151 case DW_AT_discr_list
:
4152 return "DW_AT_discr_list";
4153 case DW_AT_encoding
:
4154 return "DW_AT_encoding";
4155 case DW_AT_external
:
4156 return "DW_AT_external";
4157 case DW_AT_frame_base
:
4158 return "DW_AT_frame_base";
4160 return "DW_AT_friend";
4161 case DW_AT_identifier_case
:
4162 return "DW_AT_identifier_case";
4163 case DW_AT_macro_info
:
4164 return "DW_AT_macro_info";
4165 case DW_AT_namelist_items
:
4166 return "DW_AT_namelist_items";
4167 case DW_AT_priority
:
4168 return "DW_AT_priority";
4170 return "DW_AT_segment";
4171 case DW_AT_specification
:
4172 return "DW_AT_specification";
4173 case DW_AT_static_link
:
4174 return "DW_AT_static_link";
4176 return "DW_AT_type";
4177 case DW_AT_use_location
:
4178 return "DW_AT_use_location";
4179 case DW_AT_variable_parameter
:
4180 return "DW_AT_variable_parameter";
4181 case DW_AT_virtuality
:
4182 return "DW_AT_virtuality";
4183 case DW_AT_vtable_elem_location
:
4184 return "DW_AT_vtable_elem_location";
4186 case DW_AT_allocated
:
4187 return "DW_AT_allocated";
4188 case DW_AT_associated
:
4189 return "DW_AT_associated";
4190 case DW_AT_data_location
:
4191 return "DW_AT_data_location";
4193 return "DW_AT_stride";
4194 case DW_AT_entry_pc
:
4195 return "DW_AT_entry_pc";
4196 case DW_AT_use_UTF8
:
4197 return "DW_AT_use_UTF8";
4198 case DW_AT_extension
:
4199 return "DW_AT_extension";
4201 return "DW_AT_ranges";
4202 case DW_AT_trampoline
:
4203 return "DW_AT_trampoline";
4204 case DW_AT_call_column
:
4205 return "DW_AT_call_column";
4206 case DW_AT_call_file
:
4207 return "DW_AT_call_file";
4208 case DW_AT_call_line
:
4209 return "DW_AT_call_line";
4211 case DW_AT_MIPS_fde
:
4212 return "DW_AT_MIPS_fde";
4213 case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin
:
4214 return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin";
4215 case DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin
:
4216 return "DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin";
4217 case DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin
:
4218 return "DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin";
4219 case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor
:
4220 return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor";
4221 case DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth
:
4222 return "DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth";
4223 case DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name
:
4224 return "DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name";
4225 case DW_AT_MIPS_stride
:
4226 return "DW_AT_MIPS_stride";
4227 case DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name
:
4228 return "DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name";
4229 case DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin
:
4230 return "DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin";
4231 case DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines
:
4232 return "DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines";
4234 case DW_AT_sf_names
:
4235 return "DW_AT_sf_names";
4236 case DW_AT_src_info
:
4237 return "DW_AT_src_info";
4238 case DW_AT_mac_info
:
4239 return "DW_AT_mac_info";
4240 case DW_AT_src_coords
:
4241 return "DW_AT_src_coords";
4242 case DW_AT_body_begin
:
4243 return "DW_AT_body_begin";
4244 case DW_AT_body_end
:
4245 return "DW_AT_body_end";
4246 case DW_AT_GNU_vector
:
4247 return "DW_AT_GNU_vector";
4249 case DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address
:
4250 return "DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address";
4253 return "DW_AT_<unknown>";
4257 /* Convert a DWARF value form code into its string name. */
4260 dwarf_form_name (unsigned int form
)
4265 return "DW_FORM_addr";
4266 case DW_FORM_block2
:
4267 return "DW_FORM_block2";
4268 case DW_FORM_block4
:
4269 return "DW_FORM_block4";
4271 return "DW_FORM_data2";
4273 return "DW_FORM_data4";
4275 return "DW_FORM_data8";
4276 case DW_FORM_string
:
4277 return "DW_FORM_string";
4279 return "DW_FORM_block";
4280 case DW_FORM_block1
:
4281 return "DW_FORM_block1";
4283 return "DW_FORM_data1";
4285 return "DW_FORM_flag";
4287 return "DW_FORM_sdata";
4289 return "DW_FORM_strp";
4291 return "DW_FORM_udata";
4292 case DW_FORM_ref_addr
:
4293 return "DW_FORM_ref_addr";
4295 return "DW_FORM_ref1";
4297 return "DW_FORM_ref2";
4299 return "DW_FORM_ref4";
4301 return "DW_FORM_ref8";
4302 case DW_FORM_ref_udata
:
4303 return "DW_FORM_ref_udata";
4304 case DW_FORM_indirect
:
4305 return "DW_FORM_indirect";
4307 return "DW_FORM_<unknown>";
4311 /* Convert a DWARF type code into its string name. */
4315 dwarf_type_encoding_name (unsigned enc
)
4319 case DW_ATE_address
:
4320 return "DW_ATE_address";
4321 case DW_ATE_boolean
:
4322 return "DW_ATE_boolean";
4323 case DW_ATE_complex_float
:
4324 return "DW_ATE_complex_float";
4326 return "DW_ATE_float";
4328 return "DW_ATE_signed";
4329 case DW_ATE_signed_char
:
4330 return "DW_ATE_signed_char";
4331 case DW_ATE_unsigned
:
4332 return "DW_ATE_unsigned";
4333 case DW_ATE_unsigned_char
:
4334 return "DW_ATE_unsigned_char";
4336 return "DW_ATE_<unknown>";
4341 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of a decl. The decl may be an inlined
4342 instance of an inlined instance of a decl which is local to an inline
4343 function, so we have to trace all of the way back through the origin chain
4344 to find out what sort of node actually served as the original seed for the
4348 decl_ultimate_origin (tree decl
)
4350 /* output_inline_function sets DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for all the
4351 nodes in the function to point to themselves; ignore that if
4352 we're trying to output the abstract instance of this function. */
4353 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
) && DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
) == decl
)
4356 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
4357 if (DECL_FROM_INLINE (DECL_ORIGIN (decl
)))
4358 /* Since the DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for a DECL is supposed to be the
4359 most distant ancestor, this should never happen. */
4363 return DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
);
4366 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of a block. The block may be an inlined
4367 instance of an inlined instance of a block which is local to an inline
4368 function, so we have to trace all of the way back through the origin chain
4369 to find out what sort of node actually served as the original seed for the
4373 block_ultimate_origin (tree block
)
4375 tree immediate_origin
= BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (block
);
4377 /* output_inline_function sets BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for all the
4378 nodes in the function to point to themselves; ignore that if
4379 we're trying to output the abstract instance of this function. */
4380 if (BLOCK_ABSTRACT (block
) && immediate_origin
== block
)
4383 if (immediate_origin
== NULL_TREE
)
4388 tree lookahead
= immediate_origin
;
4392 ret_val
= lookahead
;
4393 lookahead
= (TREE_CODE (ret_val
) == BLOCK
4394 ? BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (ret_val
) : NULL
);
4396 while (lookahead
!= NULL
&& lookahead
!= ret_val
);
4402 /* Get the class to which DECL belongs, if any. In g++, the DECL_CONTEXT
4403 of a virtual function may refer to a base class, so we check the 'this'
4407 decl_class_context (tree decl
)
4409 tree context
= NULL_TREE
;
4411 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) != FUNCTION_DECL
|| ! DECL_VINDEX (decl
))
4412 context
= DECL_CONTEXT (decl
);
4414 context
= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT
4415 (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (decl
)))));
4417 if (context
&& !TYPE_P (context
))
4418 context
= NULL_TREE
;
4423 /* Add an attribute/value pair to a DIE. We build the lists up in reverse
4424 addition order, and correct that in reverse_all_dies. */
4427 add_dwarf_attr (dw_die_ref die
, dw_attr_ref attr
)
4429 if (die
!= NULL
&& attr
!= NULL
)
4431 attr
->dw_attr_next
= die
->die_attr
;
4432 die
->die_attr
= attr
;
4436 static inline enum dw_val_class
4437 AT_class (dw_attr_ref a
)
4439 return a
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
;
4442 /* Add a flag value attribute to a DIE. */
4445 add_AT_flag (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, unsigned int flag
)
4447 dw_attr_ref attr
= (dw_attr_ref
) ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4449 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4450 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4451 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_flag
;
4452 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_flag
= flag
;
4453 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4456 static inline unsigned
4457 AT_flag (dw_attr_ref a
)
4459 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_flag
)
4460 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_flag
;
4465 /* Add a signed integer attribute value to a DIE. */
4468 add_AT_int (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, long int int_val
)
4470 dw_attr_ref attr
= (dw_attr_ref
) ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4472 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4473 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4474 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_const
;
4475 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_int
= int_val
;
4476 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4479 static inline long int
4480 AT_int (dw_attr_ref a
)
4482 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_const
)
4483 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_int
;
4488 /* Add an unsigned integer attribute value to a DIE. */
4491 add_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
4492 long unsigned int unsigned_val
)
4494 dw_attr_ref attr
= (dw_attr_ref
) ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4496 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4497 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4498 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_unsigned_const
;
4499 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_unsigned
= unsigned_val
;
4500 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4503 static inline unsigned long
4504 AT_unsigned (dw_attr_ref a
)
4506 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_unsigned_const
)
4507 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_unsigned
;
4512 /* Add an unsigned double integer attribute value to a DIE. */
4515 add_AT_long_long (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
4516 long unsigned int val_hi
, long unsigned int val_low
)
4518 dw_attr_ref attr
= (dw_attr_ref
) ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4520 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4521 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4522 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_long_long
;
4523 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.hi
= val_hi
;
4524 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.low
= val_low
;
4525 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4528 /* Add a floating point attribute value to a DIE and return it. */
4531 add_AT_float (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
4532 unsigned int length
, long int *array
)
4534 dw_attr_ref attr
= (dw_attr_ref
) ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4536 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4537 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4538 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_float
;
4539 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_float
.length
= length
;
4540 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_float
.array
= array
;
4541 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4544 /* Hash and equality functions for debug_str_hash. */
4547 debug_str_do_hash (const void *x
)
4549 return htab_hash_string (((const struct indirect_string_node
*)x
)->str
);
4553 debug_str_eq (const void *x1
, const void *x2
)
4555 return strcmp ((((const struct indirect_string_node
*)x1
)->str
),
4556 (const char *)x2
) == 0;
4559 /* Add a string attribute value to a DIE. */
4562 add_AT_string (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, const char *str
)
4564 dw_attr_ref attr
= (dw_attr_ref
) ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4565 struct indirect_string_node
*node
;
4568 if (! debug_str_hash
)
4569 debug_str_hash
= htab_create_ggc (10, debug_str_do_hash
,
4570 debug_str_eq
, NULL
);
4572 slot
= htab_find_slot_with_hash (debug_str_hash
, str
,
4573 htab_hash_string (str
), INSERT
);
4575 *slot
= ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (struct indirect_string_node
));
4576 node
= (struct indirect_string_node
*) *slot
;
4577 node
->str
= ggc_strdup (str
);
4580 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4581 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4582 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_str
;
4583 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
= node
;
4584 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4587 static inline const char *
4588 AT_string (dw_attr_ref a
)
4590 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_str
)
4591 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->str
;
4596 /* Find out whether a string should be output inline in DIE
4597 or out-of-line in .debug_str section. */
4600 AT_string_form (dw_attr_ref a
)
4602 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_str
)
4604 struct indirect_string_node
*node
;
4608 node
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
;
4612 len
= strlen (node
->str
) + 1;
4614 /* If the string is shorter or equal to the size of the reference, it is
4615 always better to put it inline. */
4616 if (len
<= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
|| node
->refcount
== 0)
4617 return node
->form
= DW_FORM_string
;
4619 /* If we cannot expect the linker to merge strings in .debug_str
4620 section, only put it into .debug_str if it is worth even in this
4622 if ((DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS
& SECTION_MERGE
) == 0
4623 && (len
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
) * node
->refcount
<= len
)
4624 return node
->form
= DW_FORM_string
;
4626 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, "LASF", dw2_string_counter
);
4627 ++dw2_string_counter
;
4628 node
->label
= xstrdup (label
);
4630 return node
->form
= DW_FORM_strp
;
4636 /* Add a DIE reference attribute value to a DIE. */
4639 add_AT_die_ref (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, dw_die_ref targ_die
)
4641 dw_attr_ref attr
= (dw_attr_ref
) ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4643 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4644 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4645 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
4646 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= targ_die
;
4647 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
4648 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4651 static inline dw_die_ref
4652 AT_ref (dw_attr_ref a
)
4654 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
)
4655 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
;
4661 AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref a
)
4663 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
)
4664 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
;
4670 set_AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref a
, int i
)
4672 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
)
4673 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= i
;
4678 /* Add an FDE reference attribute value to a DIE. */
4681 add_AT_fde_ref (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, unsigned int targ_fde
)
4683 dw_attr_ref attr
= (dw_attr_ref
) ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4685 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4686 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4687 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_fde_ref
;
4688 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_fde_index
= targ_fde
;
4689 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4692 /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE. */
4695 add_AT_loc (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
4697 dw_attr_ref attr
= (dw_attr_ref
) ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4699 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4700 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4701 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
4702 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc
= loc
;
4703 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4706 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
4707 AT_loc (dw_attr_ref a
)
4709 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_loc
)
4710 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc
;
4716 add_AT_loc_list (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, dw_loc_list_ref loc_list
)
4718 dw_attr_ref attr
= (dw_attr_ref
) ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4720 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4721 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4722 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc_list
;
4723 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc_list
= loc_list
;
4724 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4725 have_location_lists
= 1;
4728 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
4729 AT_loc_list (dw_attr_ref a
)
4731 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_loc_list
)
4732 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc_list
;
4737 /* Add an address constant attribute value to a DIE. */
4740 add_AT_addr (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, rtx addr
)
4742 dw_attr_ref attr
= (dw_attr_ref
) ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4744 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4745 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4746 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
4747 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_addr
= addr
;
4748 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4752 AT_addr (dw_attr_ref a
)
4754 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_addr
)
4755 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_addr
;
4760 /* Add a label identifier attribute value to a DIE. */
4763 add_AT_lbl_id (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, const char *lbl_id
)
4765 dw_attr_ref attr
= (dw_attr_ref
) ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4767 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4768 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4769 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_lbl_id
;
4770 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_lbl_id
= xstrdup (lbl_id
);
4771 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4774 /* Add a section offset attribute value to a DIE. */
4777 add_AT_lbl_offset (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, const char *label
)
4779 dw_attr_ref attr
= (dw_attr_ref
) ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4781 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4782 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4783 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_lbl_offset
;
4784 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_lbl_id
= xstrdup (label
);
4785 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4788 /* Add an offset attribute value to a DIE. */
4791 add_AT_offset (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, long unsigned int offset
)
4793 dw_attr_ref attr
= (dw_attr_ref
) ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4795 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4796 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4797 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_offset
;
4798 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
= offset
;
4799 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4802 /* Add an range_list attribute value to a DIE. */
4805 add_AT_range_list (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
4806 long unsigned int offset
)
4808 dw_attr_ref attr
= (dw_attr_ref
) ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4810 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4811 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4812 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_range_list
;
4813 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
= offset
;
4814 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4817 static inline const char *
4818 AT_lbl (dw_attr_ref a
)
4820 if (a
&& (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_lbl_id
4821 || AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_lbl_offset
))
4822 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_lbl_id
;
4827 /* Get the attribute of type attr_kind. */
4829 static inline dw_attr_ref
4830 get_AT (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
4833 dw_die_ref spec
= NULL
;
4837 for (a
= die
->die_attr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->dw_attr_next
)
4838 if (a
->dw_attr
== attr_kind
)
4840 else if (a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_specification
4841 || a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_abstract_origin
)
4845 return get_AT (spec
, attr_kind
);
4851 /* Return the "low pc" attribute value, typically associated with a subprogram
4852 DIE. Return null if the "low pc" attribute is either not present, or if it
4853 cannot be represented as an assembler label identifier. */
4855 static inline const char *
4856 get_AT_low_pc (dw_die_ref die
)
4858 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, DW_AT_low_pc
);
4860 return a
? AT_lbl (a
) : NULL
;
4863 /* Return the "high pc" attribute value, typically associated with a subprogram
4864 DIE. Return null if the "high pc" attribute is either not present, or if it
4865 cannot be represented as an assembler label identifier. */
4867 static inline const char *
4868 get_AT_hi_pc (dw_die_ref die
)
4870 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, DW_AT_high_pc
);
4872 return a
? AT_lbl (a
) : NULL
;
4875 /* Return the value of the string attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or
4876 NULL if it is not present. */
4878 static inline const char *
4879 get_AT_string (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
4881 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
4883 return a
? AT_string (a
) : NULL
;
4886 /* Return the value of the flag attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or -1
4887 if it is not present. */
4890 get_AT_flag (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
4892 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
4894 return a
? AT_flag (a
) : 0;
4897 /* Return the value of the unsigned attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or 0
4898 if it is not present. */
4900 static inline unsigned
4901 get_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
4903 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
4905 return a
? AT_unsigned (a
) : 0;
4908 static inline dw_die_ref
4909 get_AT_ref (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
4911 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
4913 return a
? AT_ref (a
) : NULL
;
4916 /* Return TRUE if the language is C or C++. */
4921 unsigned int lang
= get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
);
4923 return (lang
== DW_LANG_C
|| lang
== DW_LANG_C89
4924 || lang
== DW_LANG_C_plus_plus
);
4927 /* Return TRUE if the language is C++. */
4932 return (get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
)
4933 == DW_LANG_C_plus_plus
);
4936 /* Return TRUE if the language is Fortran. */
4941 unsigned int lang
= get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
);
4943 return lang
== DW_LANG_Fortran77
|| lang
== DW_LANG_Fortran90
;
4946 /* Return TRUE if the language is Java. */
4951 unsigned int lang
= get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
);
4953 return lang
== DW_LANG_Java
;
4956 /* Return TRUE if the language is Ada. */
4961 unsigned int lang
= get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
);
4963 return lang
== DW_LANG_Ada95
|| lang
== DW_LANG_Ada83
;
4966 /* Free up the memory used by A. */
4968 static inline void free_AT (dw_attr_ref
);
4970 free_AT (dw_attr_ref a
)
4972 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_str
)
4973 if (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->refcount
)
4974 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->refcount
--;
4977 /* Remove the specified attribute if present. */
4980 remove_AT (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
4983 dw_attr_ref removed
= NULL
;
4987 for (p
= &(die
->die_attr
); *p
; p
= &((*p
)->dw_attr_next
))
4988 if ((*p
)->dw_attr
== attr_kind
)
4991 *p
= (*p
)->dw_attr_next
;
5000 /* Free up the memory used by DIE. */
5003 free_die (dw_die_ref die
)
5005 remove_children (die
);
5008 /* Discard the children of this DIE. */
5011 remove_children (dw_die_ref die
)
5013 dw_die_ref child_die
= die
->die_child
;
5015 die
->die_child
= NULL
;
5017 while (child_die
!= NULL
)
5019 dw_die_ref tmp_die
= child_die
;
5022 child_die
= child_die
->die_sib
;
5024 for (a
= tmp_die
->die_attr
; a
!= NULL
;)
5026 dw_attr_ref tmp_a
= a
;
5028 a
= a
->dw_attr_next
;
5036 /* Add a child DIE below its parent. We build the lists up in reverse
5037 addition order, and correct that in reverse_all_dies. */
5040 add_child_die (dw_die_ref die
, dw_die_ref child_die
)
5042 if (die
!= NULL
&& child_die
!= NULL
)
5044 if (die
== child_die
)
5047 child_die
->die_parent
= die
;
5048 child_die
->die_sib
= die
->die_child
;
5049 die
->die_child
= child_die
;
5053 /* Move CHILD, which must be a child of PARENT or the DIE for which PARENT
5054 is the specification, to the front of PARENT's list of children. */
5057 splice_child_die (dw_die_ref parent
, dw_die_ref child
)
5061 /* We want the declaration DIE from inside the class, not the
5062 specification DIE at toplevel. */
5063 if (child
->die_parent
!= parent
)
5065 dw_die_ref tmp
= get_AT_ref (child
, DW_AT_specification
);
5071 if (child
->die_parent
!= parent
5072 && child
->die_parent
!= get_AT_ref (parent
, DW_AT_specification
))
5075 for (p
= &(child
->die_parent
->die_child
); *p
; p
= &((*p
)->die_sib
))
5078 *p
= child
->die_sib
;
5082 child
->die_parent
= parent
;
5083 child
->die_sib
= parent
->die_child
;
5084 parent
->die_child
= child
;
5087 /* Return a pointer to a newly created DIE node. */
5089 static inline dw_die_ref
5090 new_die (enum dwarf_tag tag_value
, dw_die_ref parent_die
, tree t
)
5092 dw_die_ref die
= (dw_die_ref
) ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (die_node
));
5094 die
->die_tag
= tag_value
;
5096 if (parent_die
!= NULL
)
5097 add_child_die (parent_die
, die
);
5100 limbo_die_node
*limbo_node
;
5102 limbo_node
= ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (limbo_die_node
));
5103 limbo_node
->die
= die
;
5104 limbo_node
->created_for
= t
;
5105 limbo_node
->next
= limbo_die_list
;
5106 limbo_die_list
= limbo_node
;
5112 /* Return the DIE associated with the given type specifier. */
5114 static inline dw_die_ref
5115 lookup_type_die (tree type
)
5117 return TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (type
);
5120 /* Equate a DIE to a given type specifier. */
5123 equate_type_number_to_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref type_die
)
5125 TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (type
) = type_die
;
5128 /* Return the DIE associated with a given declaration. */
5130 static inline dw_die_ref
5131 lookup_decl_die (tree decl
)
5133 unsigned decl_id
= DECL_UID (decl
);
5135 return (decl_id
< decl_die_table_in_use
? decl_die_table
[decl_id
] : NULL
);
5138 /* Equate a DIE to a particular declaration. */
5141 equate_decl_number_to_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref decl_die
)
5143 unsigned int decl_id
= DECL_UID (decl
);
5144 unsigned int num_allocated
;
5146 if (decl_id
>= decl_die_table_allocated
)
5149 = ((decl_id
+ 1 + DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
- 1)
5150 / DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
)
5151 * DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
5153 decl_die_table
= ggc_realloc (decl_die_table
,
5154 sizeof (dw_die_ref
) * num_allocated
);
5156 memset ((char *) &decl_die_table
[decl_die_table_allocated
], 0,
5157 (num_allocated
- decl_die_table_allocated
) * sizeof (dw_die_ref
));
5158 decl_die_table_allocated
= num_allocated
;
5161 if (decl_id
>= decl_die_table_in_use
)
5162 decl_die_table_in_use
= (decl_id
+ 1);
5164 decl_die_table
[decl_id
] = decl_die
;
5167 /* Keep track of the number of spaces used to indent the
5168 output of the debugging routines that print the structure of
5169 the DIE internal representation. */
5170 static int print_indent
;
5172 /* Indent the line the number of spaces given by print_indent. */
5175 print_spaces (FILE *outfile
)
5177 fprintf (outfile
, "%*s", print_indent
, "");
5180 /* Print the information associated with a given DIE, and its children.
5181 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
5184 print_die (dw_die_ref die
, FILE *outfile
)
5189 print_spaces (outfile
);
5190 fprintf (outfile
, "DIE %4lu: %s\n",
5191 die
->die_offset
, dwarf_tag_name (die
->die_tag
));
5192 print_spaces (outfile
);
5193 fprintf (outfile
, " abbrev id: %lu", die
->die_abbrev
);
5194 fprintf (outfile
, " offset: %lu\n", die
->die_offset
);
5196 for (a
= die
->die_attr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->dw_attr_next
)
5198 print_spaces (outfile
);
5199 fprintf (outfile
, " %s: ", dwarf_attr_name (a
->dw_attr
));
5201 switch (AT_class (a
))
5203 case dw_val_class_addr
:
5204 fprintf (outfile
, "address");
5206 case dw_val_class_offset
:
5207 fprintf (outfile
, "offset");
5209 case dw_val_class_loc
:
5210 fprintf (outfile
, "location descriptor");
5212 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
5213 fprintf (outfile
, "location list -> label:%s",
5214 AT_loc_list (a
)->ll_symbol
);
5216 case dw_val_class_range_list
:
5217 fprintf (outfile
, "range list");
5219 case dw_val_class_const
:
5220 fprintf (outfile
, "%ld", AT_int (a
));
5222 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
5223 fprintf (outfile
, "%lu", AT_unsigned (a
));
5225 case dw_val_class_long_long
:
5226 fprintf (outfile
, "constant (%lu,%lu)",
5227 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.hi
,
5228 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.low
);
5230 case dw_val_class_float
:
5231 fprintf (outfile
, "floating-point constant");
5233 case dw_val_class_flag
:
5234 fprintf (outfile
, "%u", AT_flag (a
));
5236 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
5237 if (AT_ref (a
) != NULL
)
5239 if (AT_ref (a
)->die_symbol
)
5240 fprintf (outfile
, "die -> label: %s", AT_ref (a
)->die_symbol
);
5242 fprintf (outfile
, "die -> %lu", AT_ref (a
)->die_offset
);
5245 fprintf (outfile
, "die -> <null>");
5247 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
5248 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset
:
5249 fprintf (outfile
, "label: %s", AT_lbl (a
));
5251 case dw_val_class_str
:
5252 if (AT_string (a
) != NULL
)
5253 fprintf (outfile
, "\"%s\"", AT_string (a
));
5255 fprintf (outfile
, "<null>");
5261 fprintf (outfile
, "\n");
5264 if (die
->die_child
!= NULL
)
5267 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
!= NULL
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
5268 print_die (c
, outfile
);
5272 if (print_indent
== 0)
5273 fprintf (outfile
, "\n");
5276 /* Print the contents of the source code line number correspondence table.
5277 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
5280 print_dwarf_line_table (FILE *outfile
)
5283 dw_line_info_ref line_info
;
5285 fprintf (outfile
, "\n\nDWARF source line information\n");
5286 for (i
= 1; i
< line_info_table_in_use
; i
++)
5288 line_info
= &line_info_table
[i
];
5289 fprintf (outfile
, "%5d: ", i
);
5290 fprintf (outfile
, "%-20s",
5291 VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table
, line_info
->dw_file_num
));
5292 fprintf (outfile
, "%6ld", line_info
->dw_line_num
);
5293 fprintf (outfile
, "\n");
5296 fprintf (outfile
, "\n\n");
5299 /* Print the information collected for a given DIE. */
5302 debug_dwarf_die (dw_die_ref die
)
5304 print_die (die
, stderr
);
5307 /* Print all DWARF information collected for the compilation unit.
5308 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
5314 print_die (comp_unit_die
, stderr
);
5315 if (! DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
)
5316 print_dwarf_line_table (stderr
);
5319 /* We build up the lists of children and attributes by pushing new ones
5320 onto the beginning of the list. Reverse the lists for DIE so that
5321 they are in order of addition. */
5324 reverse_die_lists (dw_die_ref die
)
5326 dw_die_ref c
, cp
, cn
;
5327 dw_attr_ref a
, ap
, an
;
5329 for (a
= die
->die_attr
, ap
= 0; a
; a
= an
)
5331 an
= a
->dw_attr_next
;
5332 a
->dw_attr_next
= ap
;
5338 for (c
= die
->die_child
, cp
= 0; c
; c
= cn
)
5345 die
->die_child
= cp
;
5348 /* reverse_die_lists only reverses the single die you pass it. Since we used to
5349 reverse all dies in add_sibling_attributes, which runs through all the dies,
5350 it would reverse all the dies. Now, however, since we don't call
5351 reverse_die_lists in add_sibling_attributes, we need a routine to
5352 recursively reverse all the dies. This is that routine. */
5355 reverse_all_dies (dw_die_ref die
)
5359 reverse_die_lists (die
);
5361 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
5362 reverse_all_dies (c
);
5365 /* Start a new compilation unit DIE for an include file. OLD_UNIT is the CU
5366 for the enclosing include file, if any. BINCL_DIE is the DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
5367 DIE that marks the start of the DIEs for this include file. */
5370 push_new_compile_unit (dw_die_ref old_unit
, dw_die_ref bincl_die
)
5372 const char *filename
= get_AT_string (bincl_die
, DW_AT_name
);
5373 dw_die_ref new_unit
= gen_compile_unit_die (filename
);
5375 new_unit
->die_sib
= old_unit
;
5379 /* Close an include-file CU and reopen the enclosing one. */
5382 pop_compile_unit (dw_die_ref old_unit
)
5384 dw_die_ref new_unit
= old_unit
->die_sib
;
5386 old_unit
->die_sib
= NULL
;
5390 #define CHECKSUM(FOO) md5_process_bytes (&(FOO), sizeof (FOO), ctx)
5391 #define CHECKSUM_STRING(FOO) md5_process_bytes ((FOO), strlen (FOO), ctx)
5393 /* Calculate the checksum of a location expression. */
5396 loc_checksum (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
, struct md5_ctx
*ctx
)
5398 CHECKSUM (loc
->dw_loc_opc
);
5399 CHECKSUM (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
);
5400 CHECKSUM (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
);
5403 /* Calculate the checksum of an attribute. */
5406 attr_checksum (dw_attr_ref at
, struct md5_ctx
*ctx
, int *mark
)
5408 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
5411 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr
);
5413 /* We don't care about differences in file numbering. */
5414 if (at
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_decl_file
5415 /* Or that this was compiled with a different compiler snapshot; if
5416 the output is the same, that's what matters. */
5417 || at
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_producer
)
5420 switch (AT_class (at
))
5422 case dw_val_class_const
:
5423 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_int
);
5425 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
5426 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_unsigned
);
5428 case dw_val_class_long_long
:
5429 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
);
5431 case dw_val_class_float
:
5432 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_float
);
5434 case dw_val_class_flag
:
5435 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_flag
);
5437 case dw_val_class_str
:
5438 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (at
));
5441 case dw_val_class_addr
:
5443 switch (GET_CODE (r
))
5446 CHECKSUM_STRING (XSTR (r
, 0));
5454 case dw_val_class_offset
:
5455 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
);
5458 case dw_val_class_loc
:
5459 for (loc
= AT_loc (at
); loc
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
5460 loc_checksum (loc
, ctx
);
5463 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
5464 die_checksum (AT_ref (at
), ctx
, mark
);
5467 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
5468 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
5469 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset
:
5477 /* Calculate the checksum of a DIE. */
5480 die_checksum (dw_die_ref die
, struct md5_ctx
*ctx
, int *mark
)
5485 /* To avoid infinite recursion. */
5488 CHECKSUM (die
->die_mark
);
5491 die
->die_mark
= ++(*mark
);
5493 CHECKSUM (die
->die_tag
);
5495 for (a
= die
->die_attr
; a
; a
= a
->dw_attr_next
)
5496 attr_checksum (a
, ctx
, mark
);
5498 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
5499 die_checksum (c
, ctx
, mark
);
5503 #undef CHECKSUM_STRING
5505 /* Do the location expressions look same? */
5507 same_loc_p (dw_loc_descr_ref loc1
, dw_loc_descr_ref loc2
, int *mark
)
5509 return loc1
->dw_loc_opc
== loc2
->dw_loc_opc
5510 && same_dw_val_p (&loc1
->dw_loc_oprnd1
, &loc2
->dw_loc_oprnd1
, mark
)
5511 && same_dw_val_p (&loc1
->dw_loc_oprnd2
, &loc2
->dw_loc_oprnd2
, mark
);
5514 /* Do the values look the same? */
5516 same_dw_val_p (dw_val_node
*v1
, dw_val_node
*v2
, int *mark
)
5518 dw_loc_descr_ref loc1
, loc2
;
5522 if (v1
->val_class
!= v2
->val_class
)
5525 switch (v1
->val_class
)
5527 case dw_val_class_const
:
5528 return v1
->v
.val_int
== v2
->v
.val_int
;
5529 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
5530 return v1
->v
.val_unsigned
== v2
->v
.val_unsigned
;
5531 case dw_val_class_long_long
:
5532 return v1
->v
.val_long_long
.hi
== v2
->v
.val_long_long
.hi
5533 && v1
->v
.val_long_long
.low
== v2
->v
.val_long_long
.low
;
5534 case dw_val_class_float
:
5535 if (v1
->v
.val_float
.length
!= v2
->v
.val_float
.length
)
5537 for (i
= 0; i
< v1
->v
.val_float
.length
; i
++)
5538 if (v1
->v
.val_float
.array
[i
] != v2
->v
.val_float
.array
[i
])
5541 case dw_val_class_flag
:
5542 return v1
->v
.val_flag
== v2
->v
.val_flag
;
5543 case dw_val_class_str
:
5544 return !strcmp(v1
->v
.val_str
->str
, v2
->v
.val_str
->str
);
5546 case dw_val_class_addr
:
5547 r1
= v1
->v
.val_addr
;
5548 r2
= v2
->v
.val_addr
;
5549 if (GET_CODE (r1
) != GET_CODE (r2
))
5551 switch (GET_CODE (r1
))
5554 return !strcmp (XSTR (r1
, 0), XSTR (r2
, 0));
5560 case dw_val_class_offset
:
5561 return v1
->v
.val_offset
== v2
->v
.val_offset
;
5563 case dw_val_class_loc
:
5564 for (loc1
= v1
->v
.val_loc
, loc2
= v2
->v
.val_loc
;
5566 loc1
= loc1
->dw_loc_next
, loc2
= loc2
->dw_loc_next
)
5567 if (!same_loc_p (loc1
, loc2
, mark
))
5569 return !loc1
&& !loc2
;
5571 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
5572 return same_die_p (v1
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
, v2
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
, mark
);
5574 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
5575 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
5576 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset
:
5584 /* Do the attributes look the same? */
5587 same_attr_p (dw_attr_ref at1
, dw_attr_ref at2
, int *mark
)
5589 if (at1
->dw_attr
!= at2
->dw_attr
)
5592 /* We don't care about differences in file numbering. */
5593 if (at1
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_decl_file
5594 /* Or that this was compiled with a different compiler snapshot; if
5595 the output is the same, that's what matters. */
5596 || at1
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_producer
)
5599 return same_dw_val_p (&at1
->dw_attr_val
, &at2
->dw_attr_val
, mark
);
5602 /* Do the dies look the same? */
5605 same_die_p (dw_die_ref die1
, dw_die_ref die2
, int *mark
)
5610 /* To avoid infinite recursion. */
5612 return die1
->die_mark
== die2
->die_mark
;
5613 die1
->die_mark
= die2
->die_mark
= ++(*mark
);
5615 if (die1
->die_tag
!= die2
->die_tag
)
5618 for (a1
= die1
->die_attr
, a2
= die2
->die_attr
;
5620 a1
= a1
->dw_attr_next
, a2
= a2
->dw_attr_next
)
5621 if (!same_attr_p (a1
, a2
, mark
))
5626 for (c1
= die1
->die_child
, c2
= die2
->die_child
;
5628 c1
= c1
->die_sib
, c2
= c2
->die_sib
)
5629 if (!same_die_p (c1
, c2
, mark
))
5637 /* Do the dies look the same? Wrapper around same_die_p. */
5640 same_die_p_wrap (dw_die_ref die1
, dw_die_ref die2
)
5643 int ret
= same_die_p (die1
, die2
, &mark
);
5645 unmark_all_dies (die1
);
5646 unmark_all_dies (die2
);
5651 /* The prefix to attach to symbols on DIEs in the current comdat debug
5653 static char *comdat_symbol_id
;
5655 /* The index of the current symbol within the current comdat CU. */
5656 static unsigned int comdat_symbol_number
;
5658 /* Calculate the MD5 checksum of the compilation unit DIE UNIT_DIE and its
5659 children, and set comdat_symbol_id accordingly. */
5662 compute_section_prefix (dw_die_ref unit_die
)
5664 const char *die_name
= get_AT_string (unit_die
, DW_AT_name
);
5665 const char *base
= die_name
? lbasename (die_name
) : "anonymous";
5666 char *name
= (char *) alloca (strlen (base
) + 64);
5669 unsigned char checksum
[16];
5672 /* Compute the checksum of the DIE, then append part of it as hex digits to
5673 the name filename of the unit. */
5675 md5_init_ctx (&ctx
);
5677 die_checksum (unit_die
, &ctx
, &mark
);
5678 unmark_all_dies (unit_die
);
5679 md5_finish_ctx (&ctx
, checksum
);
5681 sprintf (name
, "%s.", base
);
5682 clean_symbol_name (name
);
5684 p
= name
+ strlen (name
);
5685 for (i
= 0; i
< 4; i
++)
5687 sprintf (p
, "%.2x", checksum
[i
]);
5691 comdat_symbol_id
= unit_die
->die_symbol
= xstrdup (name
);
5692 comdat_symbol_number
= 0;
5695 /* Returns nonzero if DIE represents a type, in the sense of TYPE_P. */
5698 is_type_die (dw_die_ref die
)
5700 switch (die
->die_tag
)
5702 case DW_TAG_array_type
:
5703 case DW_TAG_class_type
:
5704 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type
:
5705 case DW_TAG_pointer_type
:
5706 case DW_TAG_reference_type
:
5707 case DW_TAG_string_type
:
5708 case DW_TAG_structure_type
:
5709 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type
:
5710 case DW_TAG_union_type
:
5711 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
:
5712 case DW_TAG_set_type
:
5713 case DW_TAG_subrange_type
:
5714 case DW_TAG_base_type
:
5715 case DW_TAG_const_type
:
5716 case DW_TAG_file_type
:
5717 case DW_TAG_packed_type
:
5718 case DW_TAG_volatile_type
:
5719 case DW_TAG_typedef
:
5726 /* Returns 1 iff C is the sort of DIE that should go into a COMDAT CU.
5727 Basically, we want to choose the bits that are likely to be shared between
5728 compilations (types) and leave out the bits that are specific to individual
5729 compilations (functions). */
5732 is_comdat_die (dw_die_ref c
)
5734 /* I think we want to leave base types and __vtbl_ptr_type in the main CU, as
5735 we do for stabs. The advantage is a greater likelihood of sharing between
5736 objects that don't include headers in the same order (and therefore would
5737 put the base types in a different comdat). jason 8/28/00 */
5739 if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_base_type
)
5742 if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_pointer_type
5743 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_reference_type
5744 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_const_type
5745 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_volatile_type
)
5747 dw_die_ref t
= get_AT_ref (c
, DW_AT_type
);
5749 return t
? is_comdat_die (t
) : 0;
5752 return is_type_die (c
);
5755 /* Returns 1 iff C is the sort of DIE that might be referred to from another
5756 compilation unit. */
5759 is_symbol_die (dw_die_ref c
)
5761 return (is_type_die (c
)
5762 || (get_AT (c
, DW_AT_declaration
)
5763 && !get_AT (c
, DW_AT_specification
)));
5767 gen_internal_sym (const char *prefix
)
5771 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (buf
, prefix
, label_num
++);
5772 return xstrdup (buf
);
5775 /* Assign symbols to all worthy DIEs under DIE. */
5778 assign_symbol_names (dw_die_ref die
)
5782 if (is_symbol_die (die
))
5784 if (comdat_symbol_id
)
5786 char *p
= alloca (strlen (comdat_symbol_id
) + 64);
5788 sprintf (p
, "%s.%s.%x", DIE_LABEL_PREFIX
,
5789 comdat_symbol_id
, comdat_symbol_number
++);
5790 die
->die_symbol
= xstrdup (p
);
5793 die
->die_symbol
= gen_internal_sym ("LDIE");
5796 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
!= NULL
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
5797 assign_symbol_names (c
);
5800 struct cu_hash_table_entry
5803 unsigned min_comdat_num
, max_comdat_num
;
5804 struct cu_hash_table_entry
*next
;
5807 /* Routines to manipulate hash table of CUs. */
5809 htab_cu_hash (const void *of
)
5811 const struct cu_hash_table_entry
*entry
= of
;
5813 return htab_hash_string (entry
->cu
->die_symbol
);
5817 htab_cu_eq (const void *of1
, const void *of2
)
5819 const struct cu_hash_table_entry
*entry1
= of1
;
5820 const struct die_struct
*entry2
= of2
;
5822 return !strcmp (entry1
->cu
->die_symbol
, entry2
->die_symbol
);
5826 htab_cu_del (void *what
)
5828 struct cu_hash_table_entry
*next
, *entry
= what
;
5838 /* Check whether we have already seen this CU and set up SYM_NUM
5841 check_duplicate_cu (dw_die_ref cu
, htab_t htable
, unsigned int *sym_num
)
5843 struct cu_hash_table_entry dummy
;
5844 struct cu_hash_table_entry
**slot
, *entry
, *last
= &dummy
;
5846 dummy
.max_comdat_num
= 0;
5848 slot
= (struct cu_hash_table_entry
**)
5849 htab_find_slot_with_hash (htable
, cu
, htab_hash_string (cu
->die_symbol
),
5853 for (; entry
; last
= entry
, entry
= entry
->next
)
5855 if (same_die_p_wrap (cu
, entry
->cu
))
5861 *sym_num
= entry
->min_comdat_num
;
5865 entry
= xcalloc (1, sizeof (struct cu_hash_table_entry
));
5867 entry
->min_comdat_num
= *sym_num
= last
->max_comdat_num
;
5868 entry
->next
= *slot
;
5874 /* Record SYM_NUM to record of CU in HTABLE. */
5876 record_comdat_symbol_number (dw_die_ref cu
, htab_t htable
, unsigned int sym_num
)
5878 struct cu_hash_table_entry
**slot
, *entry
;
5880 slot
= (struct cu_hash_table_entry
**)
5881 htab_find_slot_with_hash (htable
, cu
, htab_hash_string (cu
->die_symbol
),
5885 entry
->max_comdat_num
= sym_num
;
5888 /* Traverse the DIE (which is always comp_unit_die), and set up
5889 additional compilation units for each of the include files we see
5890 bracketed by BINCL/EINCL. */
5893 break_out_includes (dw_die_ref die
)
5896 dw_die_ref unit
= NULL
;
5897 limbo_die_node
*node
, **pnode
;
5898 htab_t cu_hash_table
;
5900 for (ptr
= &(die
->die_child
); *ptr
;)
5902 dw_die_ref c
= *ptr
;
5904 if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
|| c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
5905 || (unit
&& is_comdat_die (c
)))
5907 /* This DIE is for a secondary CU; remove it from the main one. */
5910 if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
)
5912 unit
= push_new_compile_unit (unit
, c
);
5915 else if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
)
5917 unit
= pop_compile_unit (unit
);
5921 add_child_die (unit
, c
);
5925 /* Leave this DIE in the main CU. */
5926 ptr
= &(c
->die_sib
);
5932 /* We can only use this in debugging, since the frontend doesn't check
5933 to make sure that we leave every include file we enter. */
5938 assign_symbol_names (die
);
5939 cu_hash_table
= htab_create (10, htab_cu_hash
, htab_cu_eq
, htab_cu_del
);
5940 for (node
= limbo_die_list
, pnode
= &limbo_die_list
;
5946 compute_section_prefix (node
->die
);
5947 is_dupl
= check_duplicate_cu (node
->die
, cu_hash_table
,
5948 &comdat_symbol_number
);
5949 assign_symbol_names (node
->die
);
5951 *pnode
= node
->next
;
5954 pnode
= &node
->next
;
5955 record_comdat_symbol_number (node
->die
, cu_hash_table
,
5956 comdat_symbol_number
);
5959 htab_delete (cu_hash_table
);
5962 /* Traverse the DIE and add a sibling attribute if it may have the
5963 effect of speeding up access to siblings. To save some space,
5964 avoid generating sibling attributes for DIE's without children. */
5967 add_sibling_attributes (dw_die_ref die
)
5971 if (die
->die_tag
!= DW_TAG_compile_unit
5972 && die
->die_sib
&& die
->die_child
!= NULL
)
5973 /* Add the sibling link to the front of the attribute list. */
5974 add_AT_die_ref (die
, DW_AT_sibling
, die
->die_sib
);
5976 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
!= NULL
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
5977 add_sibling_attributes (c
);
5980 /* Output all location lists for the DIE and its children. */
5983 output_location_lists (dw_die_ref die
)
5988 for (d_attr
= die
->die_attr
; d_attr
; d_attr
= d_attr
->dw_attr_next
)
5989 if (AT_class (d_attr
) == dw_val_class_loc_list
)
5990 output_loc_list (AT_loc_list (d_attr
));
5992 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
!= NULL
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
5993 output_location_lists (c
);
5997 /* The format of each DIE (and its attribute value pairs) is encoded in an
5998 abbreviation table. This routine builds the abbreviation table and assigns
5999 a unique abbreviation id for each abbreviation entry. The children of each
6000 die are visited recursively. */
6003 build_abbrev_table (dw_die_ref die
)
6005 unsigned long abbrev_id
;
6006 unsigned int n_alloc
;
6008 dw_attr_ref d_attr
, a_attr
;
6010 /* Scan the DIE references, and mark as external any that refer to
6011 DIEs from other CUs (i.e. those which are not marked). */
6012 for (d_attr
= die
->die_attr
; d_attr
; d_attr
= d_attr
->dw_attr_next
)
6013 if (AT_class (d_attr
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
6014 && AT_ref (d_attr
)->die_mark
== 0)
6016 if (AT_ref (d_attr
)->die_symbol
== 0)
6019 set_AT_ref_external (d_attr
, 1);
6022 for (abbrev_id
= 1; abbrev_id
< abbrev_die_table_in_use
; ++abbrev_id
)
6024 dw_die_ref abbrev
= abbrev_die_table
[abbrev_id
];
6026 if (abbrev
->die_tag
== die
->die_tag
)
6028 if ((abbrev
->die_child
!= NULL
) == (die
->die_child
!= NULL
))
6030 a_attr
= abbrev
->die_attr
;
6031 d_attr
= die
->die_attr
;
6033 while (a_attr
!= NULL
&& d_attr
!= NULL
)
6035 if ((a_attr
->dw_attr
!= d_attr
->dw_attr
)
6036 || (value_format (a_attr
) != value_format (d_attr
)))
6039 a_attr
= a_attr
->dw_attr_next
;
6040 d_attr
= d_attr
->dw_attr_next
;
6043 if (a_attr
== NULL
&& d_attr
== NULL
)
6049 if (abbrev_id
>= abbrev_die_table_in_use
)
6051 if (abbrev_die_table_in_use
>= abbrev_die_table_allocated
)
6053 n_alloc
= abbrev_die_table_allocated
+ ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
6054 abbrev_die_table
= ggc_realloc (abbrev_die_table
,
6055 sizeof (dw_die_ref
) * n_alloc
);
6057 memset ((char *) &abbrev_die_table
[abbrev_die_table_allocated
], 0,
6058 (n_alloc
- abbrev_die_table_allocated
) * sizeof (dw_die_ref
));
6059 abbrev_die_table_allocated
= n_alloc
;
6062 ++abbrev_die_table_in_use
;
6063 abbrev_die_table
[abbrev_id
] = die
;
6066 die
->die_abbrev
= abbrev_id
;
6067 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
!= NULL
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
6068 build_abbrev_table (c
);
6071 /* Return the power-of-two number of bytes necessary to represent VALUE. */
6074 constant_size (long unsigned int value
)
6081 log
= floor_log2 (value
);
6084 log
= 1 << (floor_log2 (log
) + 1);
6089 /* Return the size of a DIE as it is represented in the
6090 .debug_info section. */
6092 static unsigned long
6093 size_of_die (dw_die_ref die
)
6095 unsigned long size
= 0;
6098 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (die
->die_abbrev
);
6099 for (a
= die
->die_attr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->dw_attr_next
)
6101 switch (AT_class (a
))
6103 case dw_val_class_addr
:
6104 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
6106 case dw_val_class_offset
:
6107 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
6109 case dw_val_class_loc
:
6111 unsigned long lsize
= size_of_locs (AT_loc (a
));
6114 size
+= constant_size (lsize
);
6118 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
6119 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
6121 case dw_val_class_range_list
:
6122 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
6124 case dw_val_class_const
:
6125 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (AT_int (a
));
6127 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
6128 size
+= constant_size (AT_unsigned (a
));
6130 case dw_val_class_long_long
:
6131 size
+= 1 + 2*HOST_BITS_PER_LONG
/HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
; /* block */
6133 case dw_val_class_float
:
6134 size
+= 1 + a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_float
.length
* 4; /* block */
6136 case dw_val_class_flag
:
6139 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
6140 if (AT_ref_external (a
))
6141 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
6143 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
6145 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
6146 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
6148 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
6149 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
6151 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset
:
6152 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
6154 case dw_val_class_str
:
6155 if (AT_string_form (a
) == DW_FORM_strp
)
6156 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
6158 size
+= strlen (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->str
) + 1;
6168 /* Size the debugging information associated with a given DIE. Visits the
6169 DIE's children recursively. Updates the global variable next_die_offset, on
6170 each time through. Uses the current value of next_die_offset to update the
6171 die_offset field in each DIE. */
6174 calc_die_sizes (dw_die_ref die
)
6178 die
->die_offset
= next_die_offset
;
6179 next_die_offset
+= size_of_die (die
);
6181 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
!= NULL
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
6184 if (die
->die_child
!= NULL
)
6185 /* Count the null byte used to terminate sibling lists. */
6186 next_die_offset
+= 1;
6189 /* Set the marks for a die and its children. We do this so
6190 that we know whether or not a reference needs to use FORM_ref_addr; only
6191 DIEs in the same CU will be marked. We used to clear out the offset
6192 and use that as the flag, but ran into ordering problems. */
6195 mark_dies (dw_die_ref die
)
6203 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
6207 /* Clear the marks for a die and its children. */
6210 unmark_dies (dw_die_ref die
)
6218 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
6222 /* Clear the marks for a die, its children and referred dies. */
6225 unmark_all_dies (dw_die_ref die
)
6234 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
6235 unmark_all_dies (c
);
6237 for (a
= die
->die_attr
; a
; a
= a
->dw_attr_next
)
6238 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
)
6239 unmark_all_dies (AT_ref (a
));
6242 /* Return the size of the .debug_pubnames table generated for the
6243 compilation unit. */
6245 static unsigned long
6246 size_of_pubnames (void)
6251 size
= DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE
;
6252 for (i
= 0; i
< pubname_table_in_use
; i
++)
6254 pubname_ref p
= &pubname_table
[i
];
6255 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
+ strlen (p
->name
) + 1;
6258 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
6262 /* Return the size of the information in the .debug_aranges section. */
6264 static unsigned long
6265 size_of_aranges (void)
6269 size
= DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE
;
6271 /* Count the address/length pair for this compilation unit. */
6272 size
+= 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
6273 size
+= 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
* arange_table_in_use
;
6275 /* Count the two zero words used to terminated the address range table. */
6276 size
+= 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
6280 /* Select the encoding of an attribute value. */
6282 static enum dwarf_form
6283 value_format (dw_attr_ref a
)
6285 switch (a
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
)
6287 case dw_val_class_addr
:
6288 return DW_FORM_addr
;
6289 case dw_val_class_range_list
:
6290 case dw_val_class_offset
:
6291 if (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
6292 return DW_FORM_data4
;
6293 if (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 8)
6294 return DW_FORM_data8
;
6296 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
6297 /* FIXME: Could be DW_FORM_data8, with a > 32 bit size
6298 .debug_loc section */
6299 return DW_FORM_data4
;
6300 case dw_val_class_loc
:
6301 switch (constant_size (size_of_locs (AT_loc (a
))))
6304 return DW_FORM_block1
;
6306 return DW_FORM_block2
;
6310 case dw_val_class_const
:
6311 return DW_FORM_sdata
;
6312 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
6313 switch (constant_size (AT_unsigned (a
)))
6316 return DW_FORM_data1
;
6318 return DW_FORM_data2
;
6320 return DW_FORM_data4
;
6322 return DW_FORM_data8
;
6326 case dw_val_class_long_long
:
6327 return DW_FORM_block1
;
6328 case dw_val_class_float
:
6329 return DW_FORM_block1
;
6330 case dw_val_class_flag
:
6331 return DW_FORM_flag
;
6332 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
6333 if (AT_ref_external (a
))
6334 return DW_FORM_ref_addr
;
6337 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
6338 return DW_FORM_data
;
6339 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
6340 return DW_FORM_addr
;
6341 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset
:
6342 return DW_FORM_data
;
6343 case dw_val_class_str
:
6344 return AT_string_form (a
);
6351 /* Output the encoding of an attribute value. */
6354 output_value_format (dw_attr_ref a
)
6356 enum dwarf_form form
= value_format (a
);
6358 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (form
, "(%s)", dwarf_form_name (form
));
6361 /* Output the .debug_abbrev section which defines the DIE abbreviation
6365 output_abbrev_section (void)
6367 unsigned long abbrev_id
;
6371 for (abbrev_id
= 1; abbrev_id
< abbrev_die_table_in_use
; ++abbrev_id
)
6373 dw_die_ref abbrev
= abbrev_die_table
[abbrev_id
];
6375 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev_id
, "(abbrev code)");
6376 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev
->die_tag
, "(TAG: %s)",
6377 dwarf_tag_name (abbrev
->die_tag
));
6379 if (abbrev
->die_child
!= NULL
)
6380 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_yes
, "DW_children_yes");
6382 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_no
, "DW_children_no");
6384 for (a_attr
= abbrev
->die_attr
; a_attr
!= NULL
;
6385 a_attr
= a_attr
->dw_attr_next
)
6387 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (a_attr
->dw_attr
, "(%s)",
6388 dwarf_attr_name (a_attr
->dw_attr
));
6389 output_value_format (a_attr
);
6392 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL
);
6393 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL
);
6396 /* Terminate the table. */
6397 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL
);
6400 /* Output a symbol we can use to refer to this DIE from another CU. */
6403 output_die_symbol (dw_die_ref die
)
6405 char *sym
= die
->die_symbol
;
6410 if (strncmp (sym
, DIE_LABEL_PREFIX
, sizeof (DIE_LABEL_PREFIX
) - 1) == 0)
6411 /* We make these global, not weak; if the target doesn't support
6412 .linkonce, it doesn't support combining the sections, so debugging
6414 (*targetm
.asm_out
.globalize_label
) (asm_out_file
, sym
);
6416 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, sym
);
6419 /* Return a new location list, given the begin and end range, and the
6420 expression. gensym tells us whether to generate a new internal symbol for
6421 this location list node, which is done for the head of the list only. */
6423 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
6424 new_loc_list (dw_loc_descr_ref expr
, const char *begin
, const char *end
,
6425 const char *section
, unsigned int gensym
)
6427 dw_loc_list_ref retlist
= ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (dw_loc_list_node
));
6429 retlist
->begin
= begin
;
6431 retlist
->expr
= expr
;
6432 retlist
->section
= section
;
6434 retlist
->ll_symbol
= gen_internal_sym ("LLST");
6439 /* Add a location description expression to a location list. */
6442 add_loc_descr_to_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref
*list_head
, dw_loc_descr_ref descr
,
6443 const char *begin
, const char *end
,
6444 const char *section
)
6448 /* Find the end of the chain. */
6449 for (d
= list_head
; (*d
) != NULL
; d
= &(*d
)->dw_loc_next
)
6452 /* Add a new location list node to the list. */
6453 *d
= new_loc_list (descr
, begin
, end
, section
, 0);
6456 /* Output the location list given to us. */
6459 output_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref list_head
)
6461 dw_loc_list_ref curr
= list_head
;
6463 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, list_head
->ll_symbol
);
6465 /* ??? This shouldn't be needed now that we've forced the
6466 compilation unit base address to zero when there is code
6467 in more than one section. */
6468 if (strcmp (curr
->section
, ".text") == 0)
6470 /* dw2_asm_output_data will mask off any extra bits in the ~0. */
6471 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, ~(unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) 0,
6472 "Location list base address specifier fake entry");
6473 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, curr
->section
,
6474 "Location list base address specifier base");
6477 for (curr
= list_head
; curr
!= NULL
; curr
= curr
->dw_loc_next
)
6481 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, curr
->begin
, curr
->section
,
6482 "Location list begin address (%s)",
6483 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
6484 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, curr
->end
, curr
->section
,
6485 "Location list end address (%s)",
6486 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
6487 size
= size_of_locs (curr
->expr
);
6489 /* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */
6492 dw2_asm_output_data (2, size
, "%s", "Location expression size");
6494 output_loc_sequence (curr
->expr
);
6497 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, 0,
6498 "Location list terminator begin (%s)",
6499 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
6500 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, 0,
6501 "Location list terminator end (%s)",
6502 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
6505 /* Output the DIE and its attributes. Called recursively to generate
6506 the definitions of each child DIE. */
6509 output_die (dw_die_ref die
)
6515 /* If someone in another CU might refer to us, set up a symbol for
6516 them to point to. */
6517 if (die
->die_symbol
)
6518 output_die_symbol (die
);
6520 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (die
->die_abbrev
, "(DIE (0x%lx) %s)",
6521 die
->die_offset
, dwarf_tag_name (die
->die_tag
));
6523 for (a
= die
->die_attr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->dw_attr_next
)
6525 const char *name
= dwarf_attr_name (a
->dw_attr
);
6527 switch (AT_class (a
))
6529 case dw_val_class_addr
:
6530 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, AT_addr (a
), "%s", name
);
6533 case dw_val_class_offset
:
6534 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
,
6538 case dw_val_class_range_list
:
6540 char *p
= strchr (ranges_section_label
, '\0');
6542 sprintf (p
, "+0x%lx", a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
);
6543 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, ranges_section_label
,
6549 case dw_val_class_loc
:
6550 size
= size_of_locs (AT_loc (a
));
6552 /* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */
6553 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (size
), size
, "%s", name
);
6555 output_loc_sequence (AT_loc (a
));
6558 case dw_val_class_const
:
6559 /* ??? It would be slightly more efficient to use a scheme like is
6560 used for unsigned constants below, but gdb 4.x does not sign
6561 extend. Gdb 5.x does sign extend. */
6562 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (AT_int (a
), "%s", name
);
6565 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
6566 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (AT_unsigned (a
)),
6567 AT_unsigned (a
), "%s", name
);
6570 case dw_val_class_long_long
:
6572 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT first
, second
;
6574 dw2_asm_output_data (1,
6575 2 * HOST_BITS_PER_LONG
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
,
6578 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
)
6580 first
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.hi
;
6581 second
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.low
;
6585 first
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.low
;
6586 second
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.hi
;
6589 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
,
6590 first
, "long long constant");
6591 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
,
6596 case dw_val_class_float
:
6600 dw2_asm_output_data (1, a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_float
.length
* 4,
6603 for (i
= 0; i
< a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_float
.length
; i
++)
6604 dw2_asm_output_data (4, a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_float
.array
[i
],
6605 "fp constant word %u", i
);
6609 case dw_val_class_flag
:
6610 dw2_asm_output_data (1, AT_flag (a
), "%s", name
);
6613 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
6615 char *sym
= AT_loc_list (a
)->ll_symbol
;
6619 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, sym
,
6620 loc_section_label
, "%s", name
);
6624 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
6625 if (AT_ref_external (a
))
6627 char *sym
= AT_ref (a
)->die_symbol
;
6631 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, sym
, "%s", name
);
6633 else if (AT_ref (a
)->die_offset
== 0)
6636 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, AT_ref (a
)->die_offset
,
6640 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
6644 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, FDE_LABEL
,
6645 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_fde_index
* 2);
6646 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, l1
, "%s", name
);
6650 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
6651 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, AT_lbl (a
), "%s", name
);
6654 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset
:
6655 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, AT_lbl (a
), "%s", name
);
6658 case dw_val_class_str
:
6659 if (AT_string_form (a
) == DW_FORM_strp
)
6660 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
,
6661 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->label
,
6662 "%s: \"%s\"", name
, AT_string (a
));
6664 dw2_asm_output_nstring (AT_string (a
), -1, "%s", name
);
6672 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
!= NULL
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
6675 /* Add null byte to terminate sibling list. */
6676 if (die
->die_child
!= NULL
)
6677 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "end of children of DIE 0x%lx",
6681 /* Output the compilation unit that appears at the beginning of the
6682 .debug_info section, and precedes the DIE descriptions. */
6685 output_compilation_unit_header (void)
6687 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
6688 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
6689 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
6690 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
,
6691 next_die_offset
- DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
,
6692 "Length of Compilation Unit Info");
6693 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION
, "DWARF version number");
6694 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, abbrev_section_label
,
6695 "Offset Into Abbrev. Section");
6696 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, "Pointer Size (in bytes)");
6699 /* Output the compilation unit DIE and its children. */
6702 output_comp_unit (dw_die_ref die
, int output_if_empty
)
6704 const char *secname
;
6707 /* Unless we are outputting main CU, we may throw away empty ones. */
6708 if (!output_if_empty
&& die
->die_child
== NULL
)
6711 /* Even if there are no children of this DIE, we must output the information
6712 about the compilation unit. Otherwise, on an empty translation unit, we
6713 will generate a present, but empty, .debug_info section. IRIX 6.5 `nm'
6714 will then complain when examining the file. First mark all the DIEs in
6715 this CU so we know which get local refs. */
6718 build_abbrev_table (die
);
6720 /* Initialize the beginning DIE offset - and calculate sizes/offsets. */
6721 next_die_offset
= DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE
;
6722 calc_die_sizes (die
);
6724 oldsym
= die
->die_symbol
;
6727 tmp
= (char *) alloca (strlen (oldsym
) + 24);
6729 sprintf (tmp
, ".gnu.linkonce.wi.%s", oldsym
);
6731 die
->die_symbol
= NULL
;
6734 secname
= (const char *) DEBUG_INFO_SECTION
;
6736 /* Output debugging information. */
6737 named_section_flags (secname
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
6738 output_compilation_unit_header ();
6741 /* Leave the marks on the main CU, so we can check them in
6746 die
->die_symbol
= oldsym
;
6750 /* The DWARF2 pubname for a nested thingy looks like "A::f". The
6751 output of lang_hooks.decl_printable_name for C++ looks like
6752 "A::f(int)". Let's drop the argument list, and maybe the scope. */
6755 dwarf2_name (tree decl
, int scope
)
6757 return (*lang_hooks
.decl_printable_name
) (decl
, scope
? 1 : 0);
6760 /* Add a new entry to .debug_pubnames if appropriate. */
6763 add_pubname (tree decl
, dw_die_ref die
)
6767 if (! TREE_PUBLIC (decl
))
6770 if (pubname_table_in_use
== pubname_table_allocated
)
6772 pubname_table_allocated
+= PUBNAME_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
6774 = (pubname_ref
) ggc_realloc (pubname_table
,
6775 (pubname_table_allocated
6776 * sizeof (pubname_entry
)));
6777 memset (pubname_table
+ pubname_table_in_use
, 0,
6778 PUBNAME_TABLE_INCREMENT
* sizeof (pubname_entry
));
6781 p
= &pubname_table
[pubname_table_in_use
++];
6783 p
->name
= xstrdup (dwarf2_name (decl
, 1));
6786 /* Output the public names table used to speed up access to externally
6787 visible names. For now, only generate entries for externally
6788 visible procedures. */
6791 output_pubnames (void)
6794 unsigned long pubnames_length
= size_of_pubnames ();
6796 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
6797 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
6798 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
6799 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, pubnames_length
,
6800 "Length of Public Names Info");
6801 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION
, "DWARF Version");
6802 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, debug_info_section_label
,
6803 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
6804 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, next_die_offset
,
6805 "Compilation Unit Length");
6807 for (i
= 0; i
< pubname_table_in_use
; i
++)
6809 pubname_ref pub
= &pubname_table
[i
];
6811 /* We shouldn't see pubnames for DIEs outside of the main CU. */
6812 if (pub
->die
->die_mark
== 0)
6815 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, pub
->die
->die_offset
,
6818 dw2_asm_output_nstring (pub
->name
, -1, "external name");
6821 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
6824 /* Add a new entry to .debug_aranges if appropriate. */
6827 add_arange (tree decl
, dw_die_ref die
)
6829 if (! DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl
))
6832 if (arange_table_in_use
== arange_table_allocated
)
6834 arange_table_allocated
+= ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
6835 arange_table
= ggc_realloc (arange_table
,
6836 (arange_table_allocated
6837 * sizeof (dw_die_ref
)));
6838 memset (arange_table
+ arange_table_in_use
, 0,
6839 ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT
* sizeof (dw_die_ref
));
6842 arange_table
[arange_table_in_use
++] = die
;
6845 /* Output the information that goes into the .debug_aranges table.
6846 Namely, define the beginning and ending address range of the
6847 text section generated for this compilation unit. */
6850 output_aranges (void)
6853 unsigned long aranges_length
= size_of_aranges ();
6855 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
6856 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
6857 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
6858 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, aranges_length
,
6859 "Length of Address Ranges Info");
6860 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION
, "DWARF Version");
6861 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, debug_info_section_label
,
6862 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
6863 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, "Size of Address");
6864 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "Size of Segment Descriptor");
6866 /* We need to align to twice the pointer size here. */
6867 if (DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE
)
6869 /* Pad using a 2 byte words so that padding is correct for any
6871 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, "Pad to %d byte boundary",
6872 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
);
6873 for (i
= 2; i
< (unsigned) DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE
; i
+= 2)
6874 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, NULL
);
6877 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, text_section_label
, "Address");
6878 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, text_end_label
,
6879 text_section_label
, "Length");
6881 for (i
= 0; i
< arange_table_in_use
; i
++)
6883 dw_die_ref die
= arange_table
[i
];
6885 /* We shouldn't see aranges for DIEs outside of the main CU. */
6886 if (die
->die_mark
== 0)
6889 if (die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_subprogram
)
6891 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, get_AT_low_pc (die
),
6893 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, get_AT_hi_pc (die
),
6894 get_AT_low_pc (die
), "Length");
6898 /* A static variable; extract the symbol from DW_AT_location.
6899 Note that this code isn't currently hit, as we only emit
6900 aranges for functions (jason 9/23/99). */
6901 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, DW_AT_location
);
6902 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
6904 if (! a
|| AT_class (a
) != dw_val_class_loc
)
6908 if (loc
->dw_loc_opc
!= DW_OP_addr
)
6911 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
6912 loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
, "Address");
6913 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
6914 get_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_byte_size
),
6919 /* Output the terminator words. */
6920 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
6921 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
6924 /* Add a new entry to .debug_ranges. Return the offset at which it
6928 add_ranges (tree block
)
6930 unsigned int in_use
= ranges_table_in_use
;
6932 if (in_use
== ranges_table_allocated
)
6934 ranges_table_allocated
+= RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
6935 ranges_table
= (dw_ranges_ref
)
6936 ggc_realloc (ranges_table
, (ranges_table_allocated
6937 * sizeof (struct dw_ranges_struct
)));
6938 memset (ranges_table
+ ranges_table_in_use
, 0,
6939 RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT
* sizeof (struct dw_ranges_struct
));
6942 ranges_table
[in_use
].block_num
= (block
? BLOCK_NUMBER (block
) : 0);
6943 ranges_table_in_use
= in_use
+ 1;
6945 return in_use
* 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
6949 output_ranges (void)
6952 static const char *const start_fmt
= "Offset 0x%x";
6953 const char *fmt
= start_fmt
;
6955 for (i
= 0; i
< ranges_table_in_use
; i
++)
6957 int block_num
= ranges_table
[i
].block_num
;
6961 char blabel
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
6962 char elabel
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
6964 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (blabel
, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
, block_num
);
6965 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (elabel
, BLOCK_END_LABEL
, block_num
);
6967 /* If all code is in the text section, then the compilation
6968 unit base address defaults to DW_AT_low_pc, which is the
6969 base of the text section. */
6970 if (separate_line_info_table_in_use
== 0)
6972 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, blabel
,
6974 fmt
, i
* 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
);
6975 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, elabel
,
6976 text_section_label
, NULL
);
6979 /* Otherwise, we add a DW_AT_entry_pc attribute to force the
6980 compilation unit base address to zero, which allows us to
6981 use absolute addresses, and not worry about whether the
6982 target supports cross-section arithmetic. */
6985 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, blabel
,
6986 fmt
, i
* 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
);
6987 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, elabel
, NULL
);
6994 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
6995 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
7001 /* Data structure containing information about input files. */
7004 char *path
; /* Complete file name. */
7005 char *fname
; /* File name part. */
7006 int length
; /* Length of entire string. */
7007 int file_idx
; /* Index in input file table. */
7008 int dir_idx
; /* Index in directory table. */
7011 /* Data structure containing information about directories with source
7015 char *path
; /* Path including directory name. */
7016 int length
; /* Path length. */
7017 int prefix
; /* Index of directory entry which is a prefix. */
7018 int count
; /* Number of files in this directory. */
7019 int dir_idx
; /* Index of directory used as base. */
7020 int used
; /* Used in the end? */
7023 /* Callback function for file_info comparison. We sort by looking at
7024 the directories in the path. */
7027 file_info_cmp (const void *p1
, const void *p2
)
7029 const struct file_info
*s1
= p1
;
7030 const struct file_info
*s2
= p2
;
7034 /* Take care of file names without directories. We need to make sure that
7035 we return consistent values to qsort since some will get confused if
7036 we return the same value when identical operands are passed in opposite
7037 orders. So if neither has a directory, return 0 and otherwise return
7038 1 or -1 depending on which one has the directory. */
7039 if ((s1
->path
== s1
->fname
|| s2
->path
== s2
->fname
))
7040 return (s2
->path
== s2
->fname
) - (s1
->path
== s1
->fname
);
7042 cp1
= (unsigned char *) s1
->path
;
7043 cp2
= (unsigned char *) s2
->path
;
7049 /* Reached the end of the first path? If so, handle like above. */
7050 if ((cp1
== (unsigned char *) s1
->fname
)
7051 || (cp2
== (unsigned char *) s2
->fname
))
7052 return ((cp2
== (unsigned char *) s2
->fname
)
7053 - (cp1
== (unsigned char *) s1
->fname
));
7055 /* Character of current path component the same? */
7056 else if (*cp1
!= *cp2
)
7061 /* Output the directory table and the file name table. We try to minimize
7062 the total amount of memory needed. A heuristic is used to avoid large
7063 slowdowns with many input files. */
7066 output_file_names (void)
7068 struct file_info
*files
;
7069 struct dir_info
*dirs
;
7078 /* Handle the case where file_table is empty. */
7079 if (VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
) <= 1)
7081 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End directory table");
7082 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End file name table");
7086 /* Allocate the various arrays we need. */
7087 files
= (struct file_info
*) alloca (VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
)
7088 * sizeof (struct file_info
));
7089 dirs
= (struct dir_info
*) alloca (VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
)
7090 * sizeof (struct dir_info
));
7092 /* Sort the file names. */
7093 for (i
= 1; i
< VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
); i
++)
7097 /* Skip all leading "./". */
7098 f
= VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table
, i
);
7099 while (f
[0] == '.' && f
[1] == '/')
7102 /* Create a new array entry. */
7104 files
[i
].length
= strlen (f
);
7105 files
[i
].file_idx
= i
;
7107 /* Search for the file name part. */
7108 f
= strrchr (f
, '/');
7109 files
[i
].fname
= f
== NULL
? files
[i
].path
: f
+ 1;
7112 qsort (files
+ 1, VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
) - 1,
7113 sizeof (files
[0]), file_info_cmp
);
7115 /* Find all the different directories used. */
7116 dirs
[0].path
= files
[1].path
;
7117 dirs
[0].length
= files
[1].fname
- files
[1].path
;
7118 dirs
[0].prefix
= -1;
7120 dirs
[0].dir_idx
= 0;
7122 files
[1].dir_idx
= 0;
7125 for (i
= 2; i
< VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
); i
++)
7126 if (files
[i
].fname
- files
[i
].path
== dirs
[ndirs
- 1].length
7127 && memcmp (dirs
[ndirs
- 1].path
, files
[i
].path
,
7128 dirs
[ndirs
- 1].length
) == 0)
7130 /* Same directory as last entry. */
7131 files
[i
].dir_idx
= ndirs
- 1;
7132 ++dirs
[ndirs
- 1].count
;
7138 /* This is a new directory. */
7139 dirs
[ndirs
].path
= files
[i
].path
;
7140 dirs
[ndirs
].length
= files
[i
].fname
- files
[i
].path
;
7141 dirs
[ndirs
].count
= 1;
7142 dirs
[ndirs
].dir_idx
= ndirs
;
7143 dirs
[ndirs
].used
= 0;
7144 files
[i
].dir_idx
= ndirs
;
7146 /* Search for a prefix. */
7147 dirs
[ndirs
].prefix
= -1;
7148 for (j
= 0; j
< ndirs
; j
++)
7149 if (dirs
[j
].length
< dirs
[ndirs
].length
7150 && dirs
[j
].length
> 1
7151 && (dirs
[ndirs
].prefix
== -1
7152 || dirs
[j
].length
> dirs
[dirs
[ndirs
].prefix
].length
)
7153 && memcmp (dirs
[j
].path
, dirs
[ndirs
].path
, dirs
[j
].length
) == 0)
7154 dirs
[ndirs
].prefix
= j
;
7159 /* Now to the actual work. We have to find a subset of the directories which
7160 allow expressing the file name using references to the directory table
7161 with the least amount of characters. We do not do an exhaustive search
7162 where we would have to check out every combination of every single
7163 possible prefix. Instead we use a heuristic which provides nearly optimal
7164 results in most cases and never is much off. */
7165 saved
= (int *) alloca (ndirs
* sizeof (int));
7166 savehere
= (int *) alloca (ndirs
* sizeof (int));
7168 memset (saved
, '\0', ndirs
* sizeof (saved
[0]));
7169 for (i
= 0; i
< ndirs
; i
++)
7174 /* We can always save some space for the current directory. But this
7175 does not mean it will be enough to justify adding the directory. */
7176 savehere
[i
] = dirs
[i
].length
;
7177 total
= (savehere
[i
] - saved
[i
]) * dirs
[i
].count
;
7179 for (j
= i
+ 1; j
< ndirs
; j
++)
7182 if (saved
[j
] < dirs
[i
].length
)
7184 /* Determine whether the dirs[i] path is a prefix of the
7189 while (k
!= -1 && k
!= (int) i
)
7194 /* Yes it is. We can possibly safe some memory but
7195 writing the filenames in dirs[j] relative to
7197 savehere
[j
] = dirs
[i
].length
;
7198 total
+= (savehere
[j
] - saved
[j
]) * dirs
[j
].count
;
7203 /* Check whether we can safe enough to justify adding the dirs[i]
7205 if (total
> dirs
[i
].length
+ 1)
7207 /* It's worthwhile adding. */
7208 for (j
= i
; j
< ndirs
; j
++)
7209 if (savehere
[j
] > 0)
7211 /* Remember how much we saved for this directory so far. */
7212 saved
[j
] = savehere
[j
];
7214 /* Remember the prefix directory. */
7215 dirs
[j
].dir_idx
= i
;
7220 /* We have to emit them in the order they appear in the file_table array
7221 since the index is used in the debug info generation. To do this
7222 efficiently we generate a back-mapping of the indices first. */
7223 backmap
= (int *) alloca (VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
) * sizeof (int));
7224 for (i
= 1; i
< VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
); i
++)
7226 backmap
[files
[i
].file_idx
] = i
;
7228 /* Mark this directory as used. */
7229 dirs
[dirs
[files
[i
].dir_idx
].dir_idx
].used
= 1;
7232 /* That was it. We are ready to emit the information. First emit the
7233 directory name table. We have to make sure the first actually emitted
7234 directory name has index one; zero is reserved for the current working
7235 directory. Make sure we do not confuse these indices with the one for the
7236 constructed table (even though most of the time they are identical). */
7238 idx_offset
= dirs
[0].length
> 0 ? 1 : 0;
7239 for (i
= 1 - idx_offset
; i
< ndirs
; i
++)
7240 if (dirs
[i
].used
!= 0)
7242 dirs
[i
].used
= idx
++;
7243 dw2_asm_output_nstring (dirs
[i
].path
, dirs
[i
].length
- 1,
7244 "Directory Entry: 0x%x", dirs
[i
].used
);
7247 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End directory table");
7249 /* Correct the index for the current working directory entry if it
7251 if (idx_offset
== 0)
7254 /* Now write all the file names. */
7255 for (i
= 1; i
< VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
); i
++)
7257 int file_idx
= backmap
[i
];
7258 int dir_idx
= dirs
[files
[file_idx
].dir_idx
].dir_idx
;
7260 dw2_asm_output_nstring (files
[file_idx
].path
+ dirs
[dir_idx
].length
, -1,
7261 "File Entry: 0x%lx", (unsigned long) i
);
7263 /* Include directory index. */
7264 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (dirs
[dir_idx
].used
, NULL
);
7266 /* Modification time. */
7267 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL
);
7269 /* File length in bytes. */
7270 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL
);
7273 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End file name table");
7277 /* Output the source line number correspondence information. This
7278 information goes into the .debug_line section. */
7281 output_line_info (void)
7283 char l1
[20], l2
[20], p1
[20], p2
[20];
7284 char line_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
7285 char prev_line_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
7288 unsigned long lt_index
;
7289 unsigned long current_line
;
7292 unsigned long current_file
;
7293 unsigned long function
;
7295 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL
, 0);
7296 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2
, LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL
, 0);
7297 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p1
, LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL
, 0);
7298 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p2
, LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL
, 0);
7300 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
7301 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
7302 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
7303 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, l2
, l1
,
7304 "Length of Source Line Info");
7305 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l1
);
7307 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION
, "DWARF Version");
7308 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, p2
, p1
, "Prolog Length");
7309 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, p1
);
7311 /* Define the architecture-dependent minimum instruction length (in
7312 bytes). In this implementation of DWARF, this field is used for
7313 information purposes only. Since GCC generates assembly language,
7314 we have no a priori knowledge of how many instruction bytes are
7315 generated for each source line, and therefore can use only the
7316 DW_LNE_set_address and DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc line information
7317 commands. Accordingly, we fix this as `1', which is "correct
7318 enough" for all architectures, and don't let the target override. */
7319 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 1,
7320 "Minimum Instruction Length");
7322 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START
,
7323 "Default is_stmt_start flag");
7324 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_BASE
,
7325 "Line Base Value (Special Opcodes)");
7326 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_RANGE
,
7327 "Line Range Value (Special Opcodes)");
7328 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE
,
7329 "Special Opcode Base");
7331 for (opc
= 1; opc
< DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE
; opc
++)
7335 case DW_LNS_advance_pc
:
7336 case DW_LNS_advance_line
:
7337 case DW_LNS_set_file
:
7338 case DW_LNS_set_column
:
7339 case DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
:
7347 dw2_asm_output_data (1, n_op_args
, "opcode: 0x%x has %d args",
7351 /* Write out the information about the files we use. */
7352 output_file_names ();
7353 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, p2
);
7355 /* We used to set the address register to the first location in the text
7356 section here, but that didn't accomplish anything since we already
7357 have a line note for the opening brace of the first function. */
7359 /* Generate the line number to PC correspondence table, encoded as
7360 a series of state machine operations. */
7363 strcpy (prev_line_label
, text_section_label
);
7364 for (lt_index
= 1; lt_index
< line_info_table_in_use
; ++lt_index
)
7366 dw_line_info_ref line_info
= &line_info_table
[lt_index
];
7369 /* Disable this optimization for now; GDB wants to see two line notes
7370 at the beginning of a function so it can find the end of the
7373 /* Don't emit anything for redundant notes. Just updating the
7374 address doesn't accomplish anything, because we already assume
7375 that anything after the last address is this line. */
7376 if (line_info
->dw_line_num
== current_line
7377 && line_info
->dw_file_num
== current_file
)
7381 /* Emit debug info for the address of the current line.
7383 Unfortunately, we have little choice here currently, and must always
7384 use the most general form. GCC does not know the address delta
7385 itself, so we can't use DW_LNS_advance_pc. Many ports do have length
7386 attributes which will give an upper bound on the address range. We
7387 could perhaps use length attributes to determine when it is safe to
7388 use DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc. */
7390 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label
, LINE_CODE_LABEL
, lt_index
);
7393 /* This can handle deltas up to 0xffff. This takes 3 bytes. */
7394 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
,
7395 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
7396 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label
, prev_line_label
, NULL
);
7400 /* This can handle any delta. This takes
7401 4+DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE bytes. */
7402 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7403 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
7404 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
7405 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, line_label
, NULL
);
7408 strcpy (prev_line_label
, line_label
);
7410 /* Emit debug info for the source file of the current line, if
7411 different from the previous line. */
7412 if (line_info
->dw_file_num
!= current_file
)
7414 current_file
= line_info
->dw_file_num
;
7415 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_file
, "DW_LNS_set_file");
7416 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (current_file
, "(\"%s\")",
7417 VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table
,
7421 /* Emit debug info for the current line number, choosing the encoding
7422 that uses the least amount of space. */
7423 if (line_info
->dw_line_num
!= current_line
)
7425 line_offset
= line_info
->dw_line_num
- current_line
;
7426 line_delta
= line_offset
- DWARF_LINE_BASE
;
7427 current_line
= line_info
->dw_line_num
;
7428 if (line_delta
>= 0 && line_delta
< (DWARF_LINE_RANGE
- 1))
7429 /* This can handle deltas from -10 to 234, using the current
7430 definitions of DWARF_LINE_BASE and DWARF_LINE_RANGE. This
7432 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE
+ line_delta
,
7433 "line %lu", current_line
);
7436 /* This can handle any delta. This takes at least 4 bytes,
7437 depending on the value being encoded. */
7438 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_advance_line
,
7439 "advance to line %lu", current_line
);
7440 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (line_offset
, NULL
);
7441 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy
, "DW_LNS_copy");
7445 /* We still need to start a new row, so output a copy insn. */
7446 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy
, "DW_LNS_copy");
7449 /* Emit debug info for the address of the end of the function. */
7452 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
,
7453 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
7454 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, text_end_label
, prev_line_label
, NULL
);
7458 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7459 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
7460 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
7461 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, text_end_label
, NULL
);
7464 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_end_sequence");
7465 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, NULL
);
7466 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_end_sequence
, NULL
);
7471 for (lt_index
= 0; lt_index
< separate_line_info_table_in_use
;)
7473 dw_separate_line_info_ref line_info
7474 = &separate_line_info_table
[lt_index
];
7477 /* Don't emit anything for redundant notes. */
7478 if (line_info
->dw_line_num
== current_line
7479 && line_info
->dw_file_num
== current_file
7480 && line_info
->function
== function
)
7484 /* Emit debug info for the address of the current line. If this is
7485 a new function, or the first line of a function, then we need
7486 to handle it differently. */
7487 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label
, SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL
,
7489 if (function
!= line_info
->function
)
7491 function
= line_info
->function
;
7493 /* Set the address register to the first line in the function. */
7494 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7495 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
7496 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
7497 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, line_label
, NULL
);
7501 /* ??? See the DW_LNS_advance_pc comment above. */
7504 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
,
7505 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
7506 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label
, prev_line_label
, NULL
);
7510 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7511 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
7512 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
7513 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, line_label
, NULL
);
7517 strcpy (prev_line_label
, line_label
);
7519 /* Emit debug info for the source file of the current line, if
7520 different from the previous line. */
7521 if (line_info
->dw_file_num
!= current_file
)
7523 current_file
= line_info
->dw_file_num
;
7524 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_file
, "DW_LNS_set_file");
7525 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (current_file
, "(\"%s\")",
7526 VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table
,
7530 /* Emit debug info for the current line number, choosing the encoding
7531 that uses the least amount of space. */
7532 if (line_info
->dw_line_num
!= current_line
)
7534 line_offset
= line_info
->dw_line_num
- current_line
;
7535 line_delta
= line_offset
- DWARF_LINE_BASE
;
7536 current_line
= line_info
->dw_line_num
;
7537 if (line_delta
>= 0 && line_delta
< (DWARF_LINE_RANGE
- 1))
7538 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE
+ line_delta
,
7539 "line %lu", current_line
);
7542 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_advance_line
,
7543 "advance to line %lu", current_line
);
7544 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (line_offset
, NULL
);
7545 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy
, "DW_LNS_copy");
7549 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy
, "DW_LNS_copy");
7557 /* If we're done with a function, end its sequence. */
7558 if (lt_index
== separate_line_info_table_in_use
7559 || separate_line_info_table
[lt_index
].function
!= function
)
7564 /* Emit debug info for the address of the end of the function. */
7565 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label
, FUNC_END_LABEL
, function
);
7568 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
,
7569 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
7570 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label
, prev_line_label
, NULL
);
7574 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7575 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
7576 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
7577 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, line_label
, NULL
);
7580 /* Output the marker for the end of this sequence. */
7581 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_end_sequence");
7582 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, NULL
);
7583 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_end_sequence
, NULL
);
7587 /* Output the marker for the end of the line number info. */
7588 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l2
);
7591 /* Given a pointer to a tree node for some base type, return a pointer to
7592 a DIE that describes the given type.
7594 This routine must only be called for GCC type nodes that correspond to
7595 Dwarf base (fundamental) types. */
7598 base_type_die (tree type
)
7600 dw_die_ref base_type_result
;
7601 const char *type_name
;
7602 enum dwarf_type encoding
;
7603 tree name
= TYPE_NAME (type
);
7605 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ERROR_MARK
|| TREE_CODE (type
) == VOID_TYPE
)
7610 if (TREE_CODE (name
) == TYPE_DECL
)
7611 name
= DECL_NAME (name
);
7613 type_name
= IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name
);
7616 type_name
= "__unknown__";
7618 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
7621 /* Carefully distinguish the C character types, without messing
7622 up if the language is not C. Note that we check only for the names
7623 that contain spaces; other names might occur by coincidence in other
7625 if (! (TYPE_PRECISION (type
) == CHAR_TYPE_SIZE
7626 && (type
== char_type_node
7627 || ! strcmp (type_name
, "signed char")
7628 || ! strcmp (type_name
, "unsigned char"))))
7630 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (type
))
7631 encoding
= DW_ATE_unsigned
;
7633 encoding
= DW_ATE_signed
;
7636 /* else fall through. */
7639 /* GNU Pascal/Ada CHAR type. Not used in C. */
7640 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (type
))
7641 encoding
= DW_ATE_unsigned_char
;
7643 encoding
= DW_ATE_signed_char
;
7647 encoding
= DW_ATE_float
;
7650 /* Dwarf2 doesn't know anything about complex ints, so use
7651 a user defined type for it. */
7653 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type
)) == REAL_TYPE
)
7654 encoding
= DW_ATE_complex_float
;
7656 encoding
= DW_ATE_lo_user
;
7660 /* GNU FORTRAN/Ada/C++ BOOLEAN type. */
7661 encoding
= DW_ATE_boolean
;
7665 /* No other TREE_CODEs are Dwarf fundamental types. */
7669 base_type_result
= new_die (DW_TAG_base_type
, comp_unit_die
, type
);
7670 if (demangle_name_func
)
7671 type_name
= (*demangle_name_func
) (type_name
);
7673 add_AT_string (base_type_result
, DW_AT_name
, type_name
);
7674 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result
, DW_AT_byte_size
,
7675 int_size_in_bytes (type
));
7676 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result
, DW_AT_encoding
, encoding
);
7678 return base_type_result
;
7681 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return a pointer to
7682 the Dwarf "root" type for the given input type. The Dwarf "root" type of
7683 a given type is generally the same as the given type, except that if the
7684 given type is a pointer or reference type, then the root type of the given
7685 type is the root type of the "basis" type for the pointer or reference
7686 type. (This definition of the "root" type is recursive.) Also, the root
7687 type of a `const' qualified type or a `volatile' qualified type is the
7688 root type of the given type without the qualifiers. */
7691 root_type (tree type
)
7693 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ERROR_MARK
)
7694 return error_mark_node
;
7696 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
7699 return error_mark_node
;
7702 case REFERENCE_TYPE
:
7703 return type_main_variant (root_type (TREE_TYPE (type
)));
7706 return type_main_variant (type
);
7710 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return nonzero if the
7711 given input type is a Dwarf "fundamental" type. Otherwise return null. */
7714 is_base_type (tree type
)
7716 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
7731 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE
:
7736 case REFERENCE_TYPE
:
7750 /* Given a pointer to a tree node, assumed to be some kind of a ..._TYPE
7751 node, return the size in bits for the type if it is a constant, or else
7752 return the alignment for the type if the type's size is not constant, or
7753 else return BITS_PER_WORD if the type actually turns out to be an
7756 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
7757 simple_type_size_in_bits (tree type
)
7759 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ERROR_MARK
)
7760 return BITS_PER_WORD
;
7761 else if (TYPE_SIZE (type
) == NULL_TREE
)
7763 else if (host_integerp (TYPE_SIZE (type
), 1))
7764 return tree_low_cst (TYPE_SIZE (type
), 1);
7766 return TYPE_ALIGN (type
);
7769 /* Return true if the debug information for the given type should be
7770 emitted as a subrange type. */
7773 is_ada_subrange_type (tree type
)
7775 /* We do this for INTEGER_TYPEs that have names, parent types, and when
7776 we are compiling Ada code. */
7777 return (TREE_CODE (type
) == INTEGER_TYPE
7778 && TYPE_NAME (type
) != 0 && TREE_TYPE (type
) != 0
7779 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type
)) == INTEGER_TYPE
7780 && TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (type
)) && is_ada ());
7783 /* Given a pointer to a tree node for a subrange type, return a pointer
7784 to a DIE that describes the given type. */
7787 subrange_type_die (tree type
)
7789 dw_die_ref subtype_die
;
7790 dw_die_ref subrange_die
;
7791 tree name
= TYPE_NAME (type
);
7793 subtype_die
= base_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
));
7795 if (TREE_CODE (name
) == TYPE_DECL
)
7796 name
= DECL_NAME (name
);
7798 subrange_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type
, comp_unit_die
, type
);
7799 add_name_attribute (subrange_die
, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name
));
7800 if (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (type
) != NULL
)
7801 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_lower_bound
,
7802 TYPE_MIN_VALUE (type
));
7803 if (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (type
) != NULL
)
7804 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_upper_bound
,
7805 TYPE_MAX_VALUE (type
));
7806 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die
, DW_AT_type
, subtype_die
);
7808 return subrange_die
;
7811 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return a debugging
7812 entry that chains various modifiers in front of the given type. */
7815 modified_type_die (tree type
, int is_const_type
, int is_volatile_type
,
7816 dw_die_ref context_die
)
7818 enum tree_code code
= TREE_CODE (type
);
7819 dw_die_ref mod_type_die
= NULL
;
7820 dw_die_ref sub_die
= NULL
;
7821 tree item_type
= NULL
;
7823 if (code
!= ERROR_MARK
)
7825 tree qualified_type
;
7827 /* See if we already have the appropriately qualified variant of
7830 = get_qualified_type (type
,
7831 ((is_const_type
? TYPE_QUAL_CONST
: 0)
7833 ? TYPE_QUAL_VOLATILE
: 0)));
7835 /* If we do, then we can just use its DIE, if it exists. */
7838 mod_type_die
= lookup_type_die (qualified_type
);
7840 return mod_type_die
;
7843 /* Handle C typedef types. */
7844 if (qualified_type
&& TYPE_NAME (qualified_type
)
7845 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (qualified_type
)) == TYPE_DECL
7846 && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (qualified_type
)))
7848 tree type_name
= TYPE_NAME (qualified_type
);
7849 tree dtype
= TREE_TYPE (type_name
);
7851 if (qualified_type
== dtype
)
7853 /* For a named type, use the typedef. */
7854 gen_type_die (qualified_type
, context_die
);
7855 mod_type_die
= lookup_type_die (qualified_type
);
7857 else if (is_const_type
< TYPE_READONLY (dtype
)
7858 || is_volatile_type
< TYPE_VOLATILE (dtype
))
7859 /* cv-unqualified version of named type. Just use the unnamed
7860 type to which it refers. */
7862 = modified_type_die (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (type_name
),
7863 is_const_type
, is_volatile_type
,
7866 /* Else cv-qualified version of named type; fall through. */
7872 else if (is_const_type
)
7874 mod_type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_const_type
, comp_unit_die
, type
);
7875 sub_die
= modified_type_die (type
, 0, is_volatile_type
, context_die
);
7877 else if (is_volatile_type
)
7879 mod_type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_volatile_type
, comp_unit_die
, type
);
7880 sub_die
= modified_type_die (type
, 0, 0, context_die
);
7882 else if (code
== POINTER_TYPE
)
7884 mod_type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type
, comp_unit_die
, type
);
7885 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
,
7886 simple_type_size_in_bits (type
) / BITS_PER_UNIT
);
7888 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_address_class
, 0);
7890 item_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
7892 else if (code
== REFERENCE_TYPE
)
7894 mod_type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type
, comp_unit_die
, type
);
7895 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
,
7896 simple_type_size_in_bits (type
) / BITS_PER_UNIT
);
7898 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_address_class
, 0);
7900 item_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
7902 else if (is_ada_subrange_type (type
))
7903 mod_type_die
= subrange_type_die (type
);
7904 else if (is_base_type (type
))
7905 mod_type_die
= base_type_die (type
);
7908 gen_type_die (type
, context_die
);
7910 /* We have to get the type_main_variant here (and pass that to the
7911 `lookup_type_die' routine) because the ..._TYPE node we have
7912 might simply be a *copy* of some original type node (where the
7913 copy was created to help us keep track of typedef names) and
7914 that copy might have a different TYPE_UID from the original
7916 if (TREE_CODE (type
) != VECTOR_TYPE
)
7917 mod_type_die
= lookup_type_die (type_main_variant (type
));
7919 /* Vectors have the debugging information in the type,
7920 not the main variant. */
7921 mod_type_die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
7922 if (mod_type_die
== NULL
)
7926 /* We want to equate the qualified type to the die below. */
7927 type
= qualified_type
;
7931 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, mod_type_die
);
7933 /* We must do this after the equate_type_number_to_die call, in case
7934 this is a recursive type. This ensures that the modified_type_die
7935 recursion will terminate even if the type is recursive. Recursive
7936 types are possible in Ada. */
7937 sub_die
= modified_type_die (item_type
,
7938 TYPE_READONLY (item_type
),
7939 TYPE_VOLATILE (item_type
),
7942 if (sub_die
!= NULL
)
7943 add_AT_die_ref (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_type
, sub_die
);
7945 return mod_type_die
;
7948 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return true if it is
7949 an enumerated type. */
7952 type_is_enum (tree type
)
7954 return TREE_CODE (type
) == ENUMERAL_TYPE
;
7957 /* Return the register number described by a given RTL node. */
7960 reg_number (rtx rtl
)
7962 unsigned regno
= REGNO (rtl
);
7964 if (regno
>= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
7967 return DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (regno
);
7970 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a machine register or
7971 zero if there is none. */
7973 static dw_loc_descr_ref
7974 reg_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl
)
7979 if (REGNO (rtl
) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
7982 reg
= reg_number (rtl
);
7983 regs
= (*targetm
.dwarf_register_span
) (rtl
);
7985 if (HARD_REGNO_NREGS (reg
, GET_MODE (rtl
)) > 1
7987 return multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtl
, regs
);
7989 return one_reg_loc_descriptor (reg
);
7992 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a machine register for
7993 a given hard register number. */
7995 static dw_loc_descr_ref
7996 one_reg_loc_descriptor (unsigned int regno
)
7999 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_reg0
+ regno
, 0, 0);
8001 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_regx
, regno
, 0);
8004 /* Given an RTL of a register, return a location descriptor that
8005 designates a value that spans more than one register. */
8007 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8008 multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl
, rtx regs
)
8012 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result
= NULL
;
8014 reg
= reg_number (rtl
);
8015 nregs
= HARD_REGNO_NREGS (reg
, GET_MODE (rtl
));
8017 /* Simple, contiguous registers. */
8018 if (regs
== NULL_RTX
)
8020 size
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl
)) / nregs
;
8027 t
= one_reg_loc_descriptor (reg
);
8028 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
, t
);
8029 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece
, size
, 0));
8035 /* Now onto stupid register sets in non contiguous locations. */
8037 if (GET_CODE (regs
) != PARALLEL
)
8040 size
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XVECEXP (regs
, 0, 0)));
8043 for (i
= 0; i
< XVECLEN (regs
, 0); ++i
)
8047 t
= one_reg_loc_descriptor (REGNO (XVECEXP (regs
, 0, i
)));
8048 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
, t
);
8049 size
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XVECEXP (regs
, 0, 0)));
8050 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece
, size
, 0));
8055 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a constant. */
8057 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8058 int_loc_descriptor (HOST_WIDE_INT i
)
8060 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
8062 /* Pick the smallest representation of a constant, rather than just
8063 defaulting to the LEB encoding. */
8067 op
= DW_OP_lit0
+ i
;
8070 else if (i
<= 0xffff)
8072 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
== 32
8082 else if (i
>= -0x8000)
8084 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
== 32
8085 || i
>= -0x80000000)
8091 return new_loc_descr (op
, i
, 0);
8094 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a base+offset location. */
8096 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8097 based_loc_descr (unsigned int reg
, long int offset
)
8099 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result
;
8100 /* For the "frame base", we use the frame pointer or stack pointer
8101 registers, since the RTL for local variables is relative to one of
8103 unsigned fp_reg
= DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (frame_pointer_needed
8104 ? HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
8105 : STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
);
8108 loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_fbreg
, offset
, 0);
8110 loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_breg0
+ reg
, offset
, 0);
8112 loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx
, reg
, offset
);
8117 /* Return true if this RTL expression describes a base+offset calculation. */
8120 is_based_loc (rtx rtl
)
8122 return (GET_CODE (rtl
) == PLUS
8123 && ((GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == REG
8124 && REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
8125 && GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 1)) == CONST_INT
)));
8128 /* The following routine converts the RTL for a variable or parameter
8129 (resident in memory) into an equivalent Dwarf representation of a
8130 mechanism for getting the address of that same variable onto the top of a
8131 hypothetical "address evaluation" stack.
8133 When creating memory location descriptors, we are effectively transforming
8134 the RTL for a memory-resident object into its Dwarf postfix expression
8135 equivalent. This routine recursively descends an RTL tree, turning
8136 it into Dwarf postfix code as it goes.
8138 MODE is the mode of the memory reference, needed to handle some
8139 autoincrement addressing modes.
8141 Return 0 if we can't represent the location. */
8143 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8144 mem_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl
, enum machine_mode mode
)
8146 dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_result
= NULL
;
8148 /* Note that for a dynamically sized array, the location we will generate a
8149 description of here will be the lowest numbered location which is
8150 actually within the array. That's *not* necessarily the same as the
8151 zeroth element of the array. */
8153 rtl
= (*targetm
.delegitimize_address
) (rtl
);
8155 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
8160 /* POST_INC and POST_DEC can be handled just like a SUBREG. So we
8161 just fall into the SUBREG code. */
8163 /* ... fall through ... */
8166 /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
8167 variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
8168 up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
8169 legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
8170 contains the given subreg. */
8171 rtl
= SUBREG_REG (rtl
);
8173 /* ... fall through ... */
8176 /* Whenever a register number forms a part of the description of the
8177 method for calculating the (dynamic) address of a memory resident
8178 object, DWARF rules require the register number be referred to as
8179 a "base register". This distinction is not based in any way upon
8180 what category of register the hardware believes the given register
8181 belongs to. This is strictly DWARF terminology we're dealing with
8182 here. Note that in cases where the location of a memory-resident
8183 data object could be expressed as: OP_ADD (OP_BASEREG (basereg),
8184 OP_CONST (0)) the actual DWARF location descriptor that we generate
8185 may just be OP_BASEREG (basereg). This may look deceptively like
8186 the object in question was allocated to a register (rather than in
8187 memory) so DWARF consumers need to be aware of the subtle
8188 distinction between OP_REG and OP_BASEREG. */
8189 if (REGNO (rtl
) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
8190 mem_loc_result
= based_loc_descr (reg_number (rtl
), 0);
8194 mem_loc_result
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), GET_MODE (rtl
));
8195 if (mem_loc_result
!= 0)
8196 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0));
8200 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 1);
8202 /* ... fall through ... */
8205 /* Some ports can transform a symbol ref into a label ref, because
8206 the symbol ref is too far away and has to be dumped into a constant
8210 /* Alternatively, the symbol in the constant pool might be referenced
8211 by a different symbol. */
8212 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == SYMBOL_REF
&& CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (rtl
))
8215 rtx tmp
= get_pool_constant_mark (rtl
, &marked
);
8217 if (GET_CODE (tmp
) == SYMBOL_REF
)
8220 if (CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (tmp
))
8221 get_pool_constant_mark (tmp
, &marked
);
8226 /* If all references to this pool constant were optimized away,
8227 it was not output and thus we can't represent it.
8228 FIXME: might try to use DW_OP_const_value here, though
8229 DW_OP_piece complicates it. */
8234 mem_loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr
, 0, 0);
8235 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
8236 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
= rtl
;
8237 VARRAY_PUSH_RTX (used_rtx_varray
, rtl
);
8241 /* Extract the PLUS expression nested inside and fall into
8243 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 1);
8248 /* Turn these into a PLUS expression and fall into the PLUS code
8250 rtl
= gen_rtx_PLUS (word_mode
, XEXP (rtl
, 0),
8251 GEN_INT (GET_CODE (rtl
) == PRE_INC
8252 ? GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode
)
8253 : -GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode
)));
8255 /* ... fall through ... */
8259 if (is_based_loc (rtl
))
8260 mem_loc_result
= based_loc_descr (reg_number (XEXP (rtl
, 0)),
8261 INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1)));
8264 mem_loc_result
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
);
8265 if (mem_loc_result
== 0)
8268 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 1)) == CONST_INT
8269 && INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1)) >= 0)
8270 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
,
8271 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
,
8272 INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1)), 0));
8275 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
,
8276 mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 1), mode
));
8277 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
,
8278 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0));
8285 /* If a pseudo-reg is optimized away, it is possible for it to
8286 be replaced with a MEM containing a multiply. */
8287 dw_loc_descr_ref op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
);
8288 dw_loc_descr_ref op1
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 1), mode
);
8290 if (op0
== 0 || op1
== 0)
8293 mem_loc_result
= op0
;
8294 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, op1
);
8295 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_mul
, 0, 0));
8300 mem_loc_result
= int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (rtl
));
8304 /* If this is a MEM, return its address. Otherwise, we can't
8306 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == MEM
)
8307 return mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (XEXP (rtl
, 0), 0), mode
);
8315 return mem_loc_result
;
8318 /* Return a descriptor that describes the concatenation of two locations.
8319 This is typically a complex variable. */
8321 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8322 concat_loc_descriptor (rtx x0
, rtx x1
)
8324 dw_loc_descr_ref cc_loc_result
= NULL
;
8325 dw_loc_descr_ref x0_ref
= loc_descriptor (x0
);
8326 dw_loc_descr_ref x1_ref
= loc_descriptor (x1
);
8328 if (x0_ref
== 0 || x1_ref
== 0)
8331 cc_loc_result
= x0_ref
;
8332 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result
,
8333 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece
,
8334 GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x0
)), 0));
8336 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result
, x1_ref
);
8337 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result
,
8338 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece
,
8339 GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x1
)), 0));
8341 return cc_loc_result
;
8344 /* Output a proper Dwarf location descriptor for a variable or parameter
8345 which is either allocated in a register or in a memory location. For a
8346 register, we just generate an OP_REG and the register number. For a
8347 memory location we provide a Dwarf postfix expression describing how to
8348 generate the (dynamic) address of the object onto the address stack.
8350 If we don't know how to describe it, return 0. */
8352 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8353 loc_descriptor (rtx rtl
)
8355 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result
= NULL
;
8357 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
8360 /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
8361 variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
8362 up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
8363 legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
8364 contains the given subreg. */
8365 rtl
= SUBREG_REG (rtl
);
8367 /* ... fall through ... */
8370 loc_result
= reg_loc_descriptor (rtl
);
8374 loc_result
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), GET_MODE (rtl
));
8378 loc_result
= concat_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), XEXP (rtl
, 1));
8388 /* Similar, but generate the descriptor from trees instead of rtl. This comes
8389 up particularly with variable length arrays. If ADDRESSP is nonzero, we are
8390 looking for an address. Otherwise, we return a value. If we can't make a
8391 descriptor, return 0. */
8393 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8394 loc_descriptor_from_tree (tree loc
, int addressp
)
8396 dw_loc_descr_ref ret
, ret1
;
8398 int unsignedp
= TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc
));
8399 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
8401 /* ??? Most of the time we do not take proper care for sign/zero
8402 extending the values properly. Hopefully this won't be a real
8405 switch (TREE_CODE (loc
))
8410 case WITH_RECORD_EXPR
:
8411 case PLACEHOLDER_EXPR
:
8412 /* This case involves extracting fields from an object to determine the
8413 position of other fields. We don't try to encode this here. The
8414 only user of this is Ada, which encodes the needed information using
8415 the names of types. */
8422 /* We can support this only if we can look through conversions and
8423 find an INDIRECT_EXPR. */
8424 for (loc
= TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0);
8425 TREE_CODE (loc
) == CONVERT_EXPR
|| TREE_CODE (loc
) == NOP_EXPR
8426 || TREE_CODE (loc
) == NON_LVALUE_EXPR
8427 || TREE_CODE (loc
) == VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR
8428 || TREE_CODE (loc
) == SAVE_EXPR
;
8429 loc
= TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))
8432 return (TREE_CODE (loc
) == INDIRECT_REF
8433 ? loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), addressp
)
8437 if (DECL_THREAD_LOCAL (loc
))
8441 #ifndef ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DTPREL
8442 /* If this is not defined, we have no way to emit the data. */
8446 /* The way DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address is specified, we can only
8447 look up addresses of objects in the current module. */
8448 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (loc
))
8451 rtl
= rtl_for_decl_location (loc
);
8452 if (rtl
== NULL_RTX
)
8455 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) != MEM
)
8457 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 0);
8458 if (! CONSTANT_P (rtl
))
8461 ret
= new_loc_descr (INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr
, 0, 0);
8462 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
8463 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
= rtl
;
8465 ret1
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address
, 0, 0);
8466 add_loc_descr (&ret
, ret1
);
8475 rtx rtl
= rtl_for_decl_location (loc
);
8477 if (rtl
== NULL_RTX
)
8479 else if (CONSTANT_P (rtl
))
8481 ret
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr
, 0, 0);
8482 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
8483 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
= rtl
;
8488 enum machine_mode mode
= GET_MODE (rtl
);
8490 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == MEM
)
8493 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 0);
8496 ret
= mem_loc_descriptor (rtl
, mode
);
8502 ret
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
8507 return loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), addressp
);
8511 case NON_LVALUE_EXPR
:
8512 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR
:
8515 return loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), addressp
);
8520 case ARRAY_RANGE_REF
:
8523 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize
, bitpos
, bytepos
;
8524 enum machine_mode mode
;
8527 obj
= get_inner_reference (loc
, &bitsize
, &bitpos
, &offset
, &mode
,
8528 &unsignedp
, &volatilep
);
8533 ret
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (obj
, 1);
8535 || bitpos
% BITS_PER_UNIT
!= 0 || bitsize
% BITS_PER_UNIT
!= 0)
8538 if (offset
!= NULL_TREE
)
8540 /* Variable offset. */
8541 add_loc_descr (&ret
, loc_descriptor_from_tree (offset
, 0));
8542 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0));
8548 bytepos
= bitpos
/ BITS_PER_UNIT
;
8550 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
, bytepos
, 0));
8551 else if (bytepos
< 0)
8553 add_loc_descr (&ret
, int_loc_descriptor (bytepos
));
8554 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0));
8560 if (host_integerp (loc
, 0))
8561 ret
= int_loc_descriptor (tree_low_cst (loc
, 0));
8566 case TRUTH_AND_EXPR
:
8567 case TRUTH_ANDIF_EXPR
:
8572 case TRUTH_XOR_EXPR
:
8578 case TRUTH_ORIF_EXPR
:
8583 case FLOOR_DIV_EXPR
:
8585 case ROUND_DIV_EXPR
:
8586 case TRUNC_DIV_EXPR
:
8594 case FLOOR_MOD_EXPR
:
8596 case ROUND_MOD_EXPR
:
8597 case TRUNC_MOD_EXPR
:
8610 op
= (unsignedp
? DW_OP_shr
: DW_OP_shra
);
8614 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1)) == INTEGER_CST
8615 && host_integerp (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), 0))
8617 ret
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
8621 add_loc_descr (&ret
,
8622 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
,
8623 tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1),
8633 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))))
8640 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))))
8647 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))))
8654 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))))
8669 ret
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
8670 ret1
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), 0);
8671 if (ret
== 0 || ret1
== 0)
8674 add_loc_descr (&ret
, ret1
);
8675 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
8678 case TRUTH_NOT_EXPR
:
8692 ret
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
8696 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
8700 loc
= build (COND_EXPR
, TREE_TYPE (loc
),
8701 build (LT_EXPR
, integer_type_node
,
8702 TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1)),
8703 TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0));
8705 /* ... fall through ... */
8709 dw_loc_descr_ref lhs
8710 = loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), 0);
8711 dw_loc_descr_ref rhs
8712 = loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 2), 0);
8713 dw_loc_descr_ref bra_node
, jump_node
, tmp
;
8715 ret
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
8716 if (ret
== 0 || lhs
== 0 || rhs
== 0)
8719 bra_node
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bra
, 0, 0);
8720 add_loc_descr (&ret
, bra_node
);
8722 add_loc_descr (&ret
, rhs
);
8723 jump_node
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_skip
, 0, 0);
8724 add_loc_descr (&ret
, jump_node
);
8726 add_loc_descr (&ret
, lhs
);
8727 bra_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
8728 bra_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_loc
= lhs
;
8730 /* ??? Need a node to point the skip at. Use a nop. */
8731 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_nop
, 0, 0);
8732 add_loc_descr (&ret
, tmp
);
8733 jump_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
8734 jump_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_loc
= tmp
;
8739 /* Leave front-end specific codes as simply unknown. This comes
8740 up, for instance, with the C STMT_EXPR. */
8741 if ((unsigned int) TREE_CODE (loc
)
8742 >= (unsigned int) LAST_AND_UNUSED_TREE_CODE
)
8745 /* Otherwise this is a generic code; we should just lists all of
8746 these explicitly. Aborting means we forgot one. */
8750 /* Show if we can't fill the request for an address. */
8751 if (addressp
&& indirect_p
== 0)
8754 /* If we've got an address and don't want one, dereference. */
8755 if (!addressp
&& indirect_p
> 0)
8757 HOST_WIDE_INT size
= int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc
));
8759 if (size
> DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
|| size
== -1)
8761 else if (size
== DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
8764 op
= DW_OP_deref_size
;
8766 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (op
, size
, 0));
8772 /* Given a value, round it up to the lowest multiple of `boundary'
8773 which is not less than the value itself. */
8775 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
8776 ceiling (HOST_WIDE_INT value
, unsigned int boundary
)
8778 return (((value
+ boundary
- 1) / boundary
) * boundary
);
8781 /* Given a pointer to what is assumed to be a FIELD_DECL node, return a
8782 pointer to the declared type for the relevant field variable, or return
8783 `integer_type_node' if the given node turns out to be an
8787 field_type (tree decl
)
8791 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == ERROR_MARK
)
8792 return integer_type_node
;
8794 type
= DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl
);
8795 if (type
== NULL_TREE
)
8796 type
= TREE_TYPE (decl
);
8801 /* Given a pointer to a tree node, return the alignment in bits for
8802 it, or else return BITS_PER_WORD if the node actually turns out to
8803 be an ERROR_MARK node. */
8805 static inline unsigned
8806 simple_type_align_in_bits (tree type
)
8808 return (TREE_CODE (type
) != ERROR_MARK
) ? TYPE_ALIGN (type
) : BITS_PER_WORD
;
8811 static inline unsigned
8812 simple_decl_align_in_bits (tree decl
)
8814 return (TREE_CODE (decl
) != ERROR_MARK
) ? DECL_ALIGN (decl
) : BITS_PER_WORD
;
8817 /* Given a pointer to a FIELD_DECL, compute and return the byte offset of the
8818 lowest addressed byte of the "containing object" for the given FIELD_DECL,
8819 or return 0 if we are unable to determine what that offset is, either
8820 because the argument turns out to be a pointer to an ERROR_MARK node, or
8821 because the offset is actually variable. (We can't handle the latter case
8824 static HOST_WIDE_INT
8825 field_byte_offset (tree decl
)
8827 unsigned int type_align_in_bits
;
8828 unsigned int decl_align_in_bits
;
8829 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT type_size_in_bits
;
8830 HOST_WIDE_INT object_offset_in_bits
;
8832 tree field_size_tree
;
8833 HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos_int
;
8834 HOST_WIDE_INT deepest_bitpos
;
8835 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT field_size_in_bits
;
8837 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == ERROR_MARK
)
8839 else if (TREE_CODE (decl
) != FIELD_DECL
)
8842 type
= field_type (decl
);
8843 field_size_tree
= DECL_SIZE (decl
);
8845 /* The size could be unspecified if there was an error, or for
8846 a flexible array member. */
8847 if (! field_size_tree
)
8848 field_size_tree
= bitsize_zero_node
;
8850 /* We cannot yet cope with fields whose positions are variable, so
8851 for now, when we see such things, we simply return 0. Someday, we may
8852 be able to handle such cases, but it will be damn difficult. */
8853 if (! host_integerp (bit_position (decl
), 0))
8856 bitpos_int
= int_bit_position (decl
);
8858 /* If we don't know the size of the field, pretend it's a full word. */
8859 if (host_integerp (field_size_tree
, 1))
8860 field_size_in_bits
= tree_low_cst (field_size_tree
, 1);
8862 field_size_in_bits
= BITS_PER_WORD
;
8864 type_size_in_bits
= simple_type_size_in_bits (type
);
8865 type_align_in_bits
= simple_type_align_in_bits (type
);
8866 decl_align_in_bits
= simple_decl_align_in_bits (decl
);
8868 /* The GCC front-end doesn't make any attempt to keep track of the starting
8869 bit offset (relative to the start of the containing structure type) of the
8870 hypothetical "containing object" for a bit-field. Thus, when computing
8871 the byte offset value for the start of the "containing object" of a
8872 bit-field, we must deduce this information on our own. This can be rather
8873 tricky to do in some cases. For example, handling the following structure
8874 type definition when compiling for an i386/i486 target (which only aligns
8875 long long's to 32-bit boundaries) can be very tricky:
8877 struct S { int field1; long long field2:31; };
8879 Fortunately, there is a simple rule-of-thumb which can be used in such
8880 cases. When compiling for an i386/i486, GCC will allocate 8 bytes for the
8881 structure shown above. It decides to do this based upon one simple rule
8882 for bit-field allocation. GCC allocates each "containing object" for each
8883 bit-field at the first (i.e. lowest addressed) legitimate alignment
8884 boundary (based upon the required minimum alignment for the declared type
8885 of the field) which it can possibly use, subject to the condition that
8886 there is still enough available space remaining in the containing object
8887 (when allocated at the selected point) to fully accommodate all of the
8888 bits of the bit-field itself.
8890 This simple rule makes it obvious why GCC allocates 8 bytes for each
8891 object of the structure type shown above. When looking for a place to
8892 allocate the "containing object" for `field2', the compiler simply tries
8893 to allocate a 64-bit "containing object" at each successive 32-bit
8894 boundary (starting at zero) until it finds a place to allocate that 64-
8895 bit field such that at least 31 contiguous (and previously unallocated)
8896 bits remain within that selected 64 bit field. (As it turns out, for the
8897 example above, the compiler finds it is OK to allocate the "containing
8898 object" 64-bit field at bit-offset zero within the structure type.)
8900 Here we attempt to work backwards from the limited set of facts we're
8901 given, and we try to deduce from those facts, where GCC must have believed
8902 that the containing object started (within the structure type). The value
8903 we deduce is then used (by the callers of this routine) to generate
8904 DW_AT_location and DW_AT_bit_offset attributes for fields (both bit-fields
8905 and, in the case of DW_AT_location, regular fields as well). */
8907 /* Figure out the bit-distance from the start of the structure to the
8908 "deepest" bit of the bit-field. */
8909 deepest_bitpos
= bitpos_int
+ field_size_in_bits
;
8911 /* This is the tricky part. Use some fancy footwork to deduce where the
8912 lowest addressed bit of the containing object must be. */
8913 object_offset_in_bits
= deepest_bitpos
- type_size_in_bits
;
8915 /* Round up to type_align by default. This works best for bitfields. */
8916 object_offset_in_bits
+= type_align_in_bits
- 1;
8917 object_offset_in_bits
/= type_align_in_bits
;
8918 object_offset_in_bits
*= type_align_in_bits
;
8920 if (object_offset_in_bits
> bitpos_int
)
8922 /* Sigh, the decl must be packed. */
8923 object_offset_in_bits
= deepest_bitpos
- type_size_in_bits
;
8925 /* Round up to decl_align instead. */
8926 object_offset_in_bits
+= decl_align_in_bits
- 1;
8927 object_offset_in_bits
/= decl_align_in_bits
;
8928 object_offset_in_bits
*= decl_align_in_bits
;
8931 return object_offset_in_bits
/ BITS_PER_UNIT
;
8934 /* The following routines define various Dwarf attributes and any data
8935 associated with them. */
8937 /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE.
8939 This emits location attributes suitable for whole variables and
8940 whole parameters. Note that the location attributes for struct fields are
8941 generated by the routine `data_member_location_attribute' below. */
8944 add_AT_location_description (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
8945 dw_loc_descr_ref descr
)
8948 add_AT_loc (die
, attr_kind
, descr
);
8951 /* Attach the specialized form of location attribute used for data members of
8952 struct and union types. In the special case of a FIELD_DECL node which
8953 represents a bit-field, the "offset" part of this special location
8954 descriptor must indicate the distance in bytes from the lowest-addressed
8955 byte of the containing struct or union type to the lowest-addressed byte of
8956 the "containing object" for the bit-field. (See the `field_byte_offset'
8959 For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a hypothetical object
8960 (of some integral or enum type) within which the given bit-field lives. The
8961 type of this hypothetical "containing object" is always the same as the
8962 declared type of the individual bit-field itself (for GCC anyway... the
8963 DWARF spec doesn't actually mandate this). Note that it is the size (in
8964 bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object" which will be given in the
8965 DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field. (See the
8966 `byte_size_attribute' function below.) It is also used when calculating the
8967 value of the DW_AT_bit_offset attribute. (See the `bit_offset_attribute'
8971 add_data_member_location_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
8974 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descr
= 0;
8976 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == TREE_VEC
)
8978 /* We're working on the TAG_inheritance for a base class. */
8979 if (TREE_VIA_VIRTUAL (decl
) && is_cxx ())
8981 /* For C++ virtual bases we can't just use BINFO_OFFSET, as they
8982 aren't at a fixed offset from all (sub)objects of the same
8983 type. We need to extract the appropriate offset from our
8984 vtable. The following dwarf expression means
8986 BaseAddr = ObAddr + *((*ObAddr) - Offset)
8988 This is specific to the V3 ABI, of course. */
8990 dw_loc_descr_ref tmp
;
8992 /* Make a copy of the object address. */
8993 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_dup
, 0, 0);
8994 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
8996 /* Extract the vtable address. */
8997 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0);
8998 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
9000 /* Calculate the address of the offset. */
9001 offset
= tree_low_cst (BINFO_VPTR_FIELD (decl
), 0);
9005 tmp
= int_loc_descriptor (-offset
);
9006 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
9007 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus
, 0, 0);
9008 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
9010 /* Extract the offset. */
9011 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0);
9012 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
9014 /* Add it to the object address. */
9015 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0);
9016 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
9019 offset
= tree_low_cst (BINFO_OFFSET (decl
), 0);
9022 offset
= field_byte_offset (decl
);
9026 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
9028 /* The DWARF2 standard says that we should assume that the structure
9029 address is already on the stack, so we can specify a structure field
9030 address by using DW_OP_plus_uconst. */
9032 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
9033 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader does not handle the DW_OP_plus_uconst
9034 operator correctly. It works only if we leave the offset on the
9038 op
= DW_OP_plus_uconst
;
9041 loc_descr
= new_loc_descr (op
, offset
, 0);
9044 add_AT_loc (die
, DW_AT_data_member_location
, loc_descr
);
9047 /* Attach a DW_AT_const_value attribute for a variable or a parameter which
9048 does not have a "location" either in memory or in a register. These
9049 things can arise in GNU C when a constant is passed as an actual parameter
9050 to an inlined function. They can also arise in C++ where declared
9051 constants do not necessarily get memory "homes". */
9054 add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, rtx rtl
)
9056 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
9059 /* Note that a CONST_INT rtx could represent either an integer
9060 or a floating-point constant. A CONST_INT is used whenever
9061 the constant will fit into a single word. In all such
9062 cases, the original mode of the constant value is wiped
9063 out, and the CONST_INT rtx is assigned VOIDmode. */
9065 HOST_WIDE_INT val
= INTVAL (rtl
);
9067 /* ??? We really should be using HOST_WIDE_INT throughout. */
9068 if (val
< 0 && (long) val
== val
)
9069 add_AT_int (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, (long) val
);
9070 else if ((unsigned long) val
== (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) val
)
9071 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, (unsigned long) val
);
9074 #if HOST_BITS_PER_LONG * 2 == HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
9075 add_AT_long_long (die
, DW_AT_const_value
,
9076 val
>> HOST_BITS_PER_LONG
, val
);
9085 /* Note that a CONST_DOUBLE rtx could represent either an integer or a
9086 floating-point constant. A CONST_DOUBLE is used whenever the
9087 constant requires more than one word in order to be adequately
9088 represented. We output CONST_DOUBLEs as blocks. */
9090 enum machine_mode mode
= GET_MODE (rtl
);
9092 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
) == MODE_FLOAT
)
9094 unsigned length
= GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) / 4;
9095 long *array
= (long *) ggc_alloc (sizeof (long) * length
);
9098 REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (rv
, rtl
);
9102 REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_SINGLE (rv
, array
[0]);
9106 REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_DOUBLE (rv
, array
);
9111 REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_LONG_DOUBLE (rv
, array
);
9118 add_AT_float (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, length
, array
);
9122 /* ??? We really should be using HOST_WIDE_INT throughout. */
9123 if (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG
!= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
)
9126 add_AT_long_long (die
, DW_AT_const_value
,
9127 CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (rtl
), CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (rtl
));
9133 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, XSTR (rtl
, 0));
9139 add_AT_addr (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, rtl
);
9140 VARRAY_PUSH_RTX (used_rtx_varray
, rtl
);
9144 /* In cases where an inlined instance of an inline function is passed
9145 the address of an `auto' variable (which is local to the caller) we
9146 can get a situation where the DECL_RTL of the artificial local
9147 variable (for the inlining) which acts as a stand-in for the
9148 corresponding formal parameter (of the inline function) will look
9149 like (plus:SI (reg:SI FRAME_PTR) (const_int ...)). This is not
9150 exactly a compile-time constant expression, but it isn't the address
9151 of the (artificial) local variable either. Rather, it represents the
9152 *value* which the artificial local variable always has during its
9153 lifetime. We currently have no way to represent such quasi-constant
9154 values in Dwarf, so for now we just punt and generate nothing. */
9158 /* No other kinds of rtx should be possible here. */
9165 rtl_for_decl_location (tree decl
)
9169 /* Here we have to decide where we are going to say the parameter "lives"
9170 (as far as the debugger is concerned). We only have a couple of
9171 choices. GCC provides us with DECL_RTL and with DECL_INCOMING_RTL.
9173 DECL_RTL normally indicates where the parameter lives during most of the
9174 activation of the function. If optimization is enabled however, this
9175 could be either NULL or else a pseudo-reg. Both of those cases indicate
9176 that the parameter doesn't really live anywhere (as far as the code
9177 generation parts of GCC are concerned) during most of the function's
9178 activation. That will happen (for example) if the parameter is never
9179 referenced within the function.
9181 We could just generate a location descriptor here for all non-NULL
9182 non-pseudo values of DECL_RTL and ignore all of the rest, but we can be
9183 a little nicer than that if we also consider DECL_INCOMING_RTL in cases
9184 where DECL_RTL is NULL or is a pseudo-reg.
9186 Note however that we can only get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL as
9187 a backup substitute for DECL_RTL in certain limited cases. In cases
9188 where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) indicates the same type as TREE_TYPE (decl),
9189 we can be sure that the parameter was passed using the same type as it is
9190 declared to have within the function, and that its DECL_INCOMING_RTL
9191 points us to a place where a value of that type is passed.
9193 In cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) and TREE_TYPE (decl) are different,
9194 we cannot (in general) use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a substitute for DECL_RTL
9195 because in these cases DECL_INCOMING_RTL points us to a value of some
9196 type which is *different* from the type of the parameter itself. Thus,
9197 if we tried to use DECL_INCOMING_RTL to generate a location attribute in
9198 such cases, the debugger would end up (for example) trying to fetch a
9199 `float' from a place which actually contains the first part of a
9200 `double'. That would lead to really incorrect and confusing
9201 output at debug-time.
9203 So, in general, we *do not* use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a backup for DECL_RTL
9204 in cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) != TREE_TYPE (decl). There
9205 are a couple of exceptions however. On little-endian machines we can
9206 get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL even when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
9207 not the same as TREE_TYPE (decl), but only when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
9208 an integral type that is smaller than TREE_TYPE (decl). These cases arise
9209 when (on a little-endian machine) a non-prototyped function has a
9210 parameter declared to be of type `short' or `char'. In such cases,
9211 TREE_TYPE (decl) will be `short' or `char', DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) will
9212 be `int', and DECL_INCOMING_RTL will point to the lowest-order byte of the
9213 passed `int' value. If the debugger then uses that address to fetch
9214 a `short' or a `char' (on a little-endian machine) the result will be
9215 the correct data, so we allow for such exceptional cases below.
9217 Note that our goal here is to describe the place where the given formal
9218 parameter lives during most of the function's activation (i.e. between the
9219 end of the prologue and the start of the epilogue). We'll do that as best
9220 as we can. Note however that if the given formal parameter is modified
9221 sometime during the execution of the function, then a stack backtrace (at
9222 debug-time) will show the function as having been called with the *new*
9223 value rather than the value which was originally passed in. This happens
9224 rarely enough that it is not a major problem, but it *is* a problem, and
9227 A future version of dwarf2out.c may generate two additional attributes for
9228 any given DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE which will describe the "passed
9229 type" and the "passed location" for the given formal parameter in addition
9230 to the attributes we now generate to indicate the "declared type" and the
9231 "active location" for each parameter. This additional set of attributes
9232 could be used by debuggers for stack backtraces. Separately, note that
9233 sometimes DECL_RTL can be NULL and DECL_INCOMING_RTL can be NULL also.
9234 This happens (for example) for inlined-instances of inline function formal
9235 parameters which are never referenced. This really shouldn't be
9236 happening. All PARM_DECL nodes should get valid non-NULL
9237 DECL_INCOMING_RTL values, but integrate.c doesn't currently generate these
9238 values for inlined instances of inline function parameters, so when we see
9239 such cases, we are just out-of-luck for the time being (until integrate.c
9242 /* Use DECL_RTL as the "location" unless we find something better. */
9243 rtl
= DECL_RTL_IF_SET (decl
);
9245 /* When generating abstract instances, ignore everything except
9246 constants, symbols living in memory, and symbols living in
9248 if (! reload_completed
)
9251 && (CONSTANT_P (rtl
)
9252 || (GET_CODE (rtl
) == MEM
9253 && CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 0)))
9254 || (GET_CODE (rtl
) == REG
9255 && TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
9256 && TREE_STATIC (decl
))))
9258 rtl
= (*targetm
.delegitimize_address
) (rtl
);
9263 else if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == PARM_DECL
)
9265 if (rtl
== NULL_RTX
|| is_pseudo_reg (rtl
))
9267 tree declared_type
= type_main_variant (TREE_TYPE (decl
));
9268 tree passed_type
= type_main_variant (DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl
));
9270 /* This decl represents a formal parameter which was optimized out.
9271 Note that DECL_INCOMING_RTL may be NULL in here, but we handle
9272 all cases where (rtl == NULL_RTX) just below. */
9273 if (declared_type
== passed_type
)
9274 rtl
= DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl
);
9275 else if (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
9276 && TREE_CODE (declared_type
) == INTEGER_TYPE
9277 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (declared_type
))
9278 <= GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (passed_type
))))
9279 rtl
= DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl
);
9282 /* If the parm was passed in registers, but lives on the stack, then
9283 make a big endian correction if the mode of the type of the
9284 parameter is not the same as the mode of the rtl. */
9285 /* ??? This is the same series of checks that are made in dbxout.c before
9286 we reach the big endian correction code there. It isn't clear if all
9287 of these checks are necessary here, but keeping them all is the safe
9289 else if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == MEM
9290 && XEXP (rtl
, 0) != const0_rtx
9291 && ! CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 0))
9292 /* Not passed in memory. */
9293 && GET_CODE (DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl
)) != MEM
9294 /* Not passed by invisible reference. */
9295 && (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) != REG
9296 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
9297 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
9298 #if ARG_POINTER_REGNUM != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
9299 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == ARG_POINTER_REGNUM
9302 /* Big endian correction check. */
9304 && TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)) != GET_MODE (rtl
)
9305 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)))
9308 int offset
= (UNITS_PER_WORD
9309 - GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
))));
9311 rtl
= gen_rtx_MEM (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)),
9312 plus_constant (XEXP (rtl
, 0), offset
));
9316 if (rtl
!= NULL_RTX
)
9318 rtl
= eliminate_regs (rtl
, 0, NULL_RTX
);
9319 #ifdef LEAF_REG_REMAP
9320 if (current_function_uses_only_leaf_regs
)
9321 leaf_renumber_regs_insn (rtl
);
9325 /* A variable with no DECL_RTL but a DECL_INITIAL is a compile-time constant,
9326 and will have been substituted directly into all expressions that use it.
9327 C does not have such a concept, but C++ and other languages do. */
9328 else if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
&& DECL_INITIAL (decl
))
9330 /* If a variable is initialized with a string constant without embedded
9331 zeros, build CONST_STRING. */
9332 if (TREE_CODE (DECL_INITIAL (decl
)) == STRING_CST
9333 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)) == ARRAY_TYPE
)
9335 tree arrtype
= TREE_TYPE (decl
);
9336 tree enttype
= TREE_TYPE (arrtype
);
9337 tree domain
= TYPE_DOMAIN (arrtype
);
9338 tree init
= DECL_INITIAL (decl
);
9339 enum machine_mode mode
= TYPE_MODE (enttype
);
9341 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
) == MODE_INT
&& GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) == 1
9343 && integer_zerop (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain
))
9344 && compare_tree_int (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain
),
9345 TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init
) - 1) == 0
9346 && ((size_t) TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init
)
9347 == strlen (TREE_STRING_POINTER (init
)) + 1))
9348 rtl
= gen_rtx_CONST_STRING (VOIDmode
, TREE_STRING_POINTER (init
));
9350 /* If the initializer is something that we know will expand into an
9351 immediate RTL constant, expand it now. Expanding anything else
9352 tends to produce unresolved symbols; see debug/5770 and c++/6381. */
9353 else if (TREE_CODE (DECL_INITIAL (decl
)) == INTEGER_CST
9354 || TREE_CODE (DECL_INITIAL (decl
)) == REAL_CST
)
9356 rtl
= expand_expr (DECL_INITIAL (decl
), NULL_RTX
, VOIDmode
,
9357 EXPAND_INITIALIZER
);
9358 /* If expand_expr returns a MEM, it wasn't immediate. */
9359 if (rtl
&& GET_CODE (rtl
) == MEM
)
9365 rtl
= (*targetm
.delegitimize_address
) (rtl
);
9367 /* If we don't look past the constant pool, we risk emitting a
9368 reference to a constant pool entry that isn't referenced from
9369 code, and thus is not emitted. */
9371 rtl
= avoid_constant_pool_reference (rtl
);
9376 /* Generate *either* a DW_AT_location attribute or else a DW_AT_const_value
9377 data attribute for a variable or a parameter. We generate the
9378 DW_AT_const_value attribute only in those cases where the given variable
9379 or parameter does not have a true "location" either in memory or in a
9380 register. This can happen (for example) when a constant is passed as an
9381 actual argument in a call to an inline function. (It's possible that
9382 these things can crop up in other ways also.) Note that one type of
9383 constant value which can be passed into an inlined function is a constant
9384 pointer. This can happen for example if an actual argument in an inlined
9385 function call evaluates to a compile-time constant address. */
9388 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
9391 dw_loc_descr_ref descr
;
9393 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == ERROR_MARK
)
9395 else if (TREE_CODE (decl
) != VAR_DECL
&& TREE_CODE (decl
) != PARM_DECL
)
9398 rtl
= rtl_for_decl_location (decl
);
9399 if (rtl
== NULL_RTX
)
9402 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
9405 /* The address of a variable that was optimized away;
9406 don't emit anything. */
9416 /* DECL_RTL could be (plus (reg ...) (const_int ...)) */
9417 add_const_value_attribute (die
, rtl
);
9421 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
&& DECL_THREAD_LOCAL (decl
))
9423 /* Need loc_descriptor_from_tree since that's where we know
9424 how to handle TLS variables. Want the object's address
9425 since the top-level DW_AT_location assumes such. See
9426 the confusion in loc_descriptor for reference. */
9427 descr
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (decl
, 1);
9434 descr
= loc_descriptor (rtl
);
9436 add_AT_location_description (die
, DW_AT_location
, descr
);
9444 /* If we don't have a copy of this variable in memory for some reason (such
9445 as a C++ member constant that doesn't have an out-of-line definition),
9446 we should tell the debugger about the constant value. */
9449 tree_add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref var_die
, tree decl
)
9451 tree init
= DECL_INITIAL (decl
);
9452 tree type
= TREE_TYPE (decl
);
9454 if (TREE_READONLY (decl
) && ! TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl
) && init
9455 && initializer_constant_valid_p (init
, type
) == null_pointer_node
)
9460 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
9463 if (host_integerp (init
, 0))
9464 add_AT_unsigned (var_die
, DW_AT_const_value
,
9465 tree_low_cst (init
, 0));
9467 add_AT_long_long (var_die
, DW_AT_const_value
,
9468 TREE_INT_CST_HIGH (init
),
9469 TREE_INT_CST_LOW (init
));
9476 /* Generate a DW_AT_name attribute given some string value to be included as
9477 the value of the attribute. */
9480 add_name_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, const char *name_string
)
9482 if (name_string
!= NULL
&& *name_string
!= 0)
9484 if (demangle_name_func
)
9485 name_string
= (*demangle_name_func
) (name_string
);
9487 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_name
, name_string
);
9491 /* Generate a DW_AT_comp_dir attribute for DIE. */
9494 add_comp_dir_attribute (dw_die_ref die
)
9496 const char *wd
= getpwd ();
9498 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_comp_dir
, wd
);
9501 /* Given a tree node describing an array bound (either lower or upper) output
9502 a representation for that bound. */
9505 add_bound_info (dw_die_ref subrange_die
, enum dwarf_attribute bound_attr
, tree bound
)
9507 switch (TREE_CODE (bound
))
9512 /* All fixed-bounds are represented by INTEGER_CST nodes. */
9514 if (! host_integerp (bound
, 0)
9515 || (bound_attr
== DW_AT_lower_bound
9516 && (((is_c_family () || is_java ()) && integer_zerop (bound
))
9517 || (is_fortran () && integer_onep (bound
)))))
9518 /* use the default */
9521 add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, tree_low_cst (bound
, 0));
9526 case NON_LVALUE_EXPR
:
9527 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR
:
9528 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, TREE_OPERAND (bound
, 0));
9532 /* If optimization is turned on, the SAVE_EXPRs that describe how to
9533 access the upper bound values may be bogus. If they refer to a
9534 register, they may only describe how to get at these values at the
9535 points in the generated code right after they have just been
9536 computed. Worse yet, in the typical case, the upper bound values
9537 will not even *be* computed in the optimized code (though the
9538 number of elements will), so these SAVE_EXPRs are entirely
9539 bogus. In order to compensate for this fact, we check here to see
9540 if optimization is enabled, and if so, we don't add an attribute
9541 for the (unknown and unknowable) upper bound. This should not
9542 cause too much trouble for existing (stupid?) debuggers because
9543 they have to deal with empty upper bounds location descriptions
9544 anyway in order to be able to deal with incomplete array types.
9545 Of course an intelligent debugger (GDB?) should be able to
9546 comprehend that a missing upper bound specification in an array
9547 type used for a storage class `auto' local array variable
9548 indicates that the upper bound is both unknown (at compile- time)
9549 and unknowable (at run-time) due to optimization.
9551 We assume that a MEM rtx is safe because gcc wouldn't put the
9552 value there unless it was going to be used repeatedly in the
9553 function, i.e. for cleanups. */
9554 if (SAVE_EXPR_RTL (bound
)
9555 && (! optimize
|| GET_CODE (SAVE_EXPR_RTL (bound
)) == MEM
))
9557 dw_die_ref ctx
= lookup_decl_die (current_function_decl
);
9558 dw_die_ref decl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_variable
, ctx
, bound
);
9559 rtx loc
= SAVE_EXPR_RTL (bound
);
9561 /* If the RTL for the SAVE_EXPR is memory, handle the case where
9562 it references an outer function's frame. */
9563 if (GET_CODE (loc
) == MEM
)
9565 rtx new_addr
= fix_lexical_addr (XEXP (loc
, 0), bound
);
9567 if (XEXP (loc
, 0) != new_addr
)
9568 loc
= gen_rtx_MEM (GET_MODE (loc
), new_addr
);
9571 add_AT_flag (decl_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
9572 add_type_attribute (decl_die
, TREE_TYPE (bound
), 1, 0, ctx
);
9573 add_AT_location_description (decl_die
, DW_AT_location
,
9574 loc_descriptor (loc
));
9575 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, decl_die
);
9578 /* Else leave out the attribute. */
9584 dw_die_ref decl_die
= lookup_decl_die (bound
);
9586 /* ??? Can this happen, or should the variable have been bound
9587 first? Probably it can, since I imagine that we try to create
9588 the types of parameters in the order in which they exist in
9589 the list, and won't have created a forward reference to a
9591 if (decl_die
!= NULL
)
9592 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, decl_die
);
9598 /* Otherwise try to create a stack operation procedure to
9599 evaluate the value of the array bound. */
9601 dw_die_ref ctx
, decl_die
;
9602 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
9604 loc
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (bound
, 0);
9608 if (current_function_decl
== 0)
9609 ctx
= comp_unit_die
;
9611 ctx
= lookup_decl_die (current_function_decl
);
9613 /* If we weren't able to find a context, it's most likely the case
9614 that we are processing the return type of the function. So
9615 make a SAVE_EXPR to point to it and have the limbo DIE code
9616 find the proper die. The save_expr function doesn't always
9617 make a SAVE_EXPR, so do it ourselves. */
9619 bound
= build (SAVE_EXPR
, TREE_TYPE (bound
), bound
,
9620 current_function_decl
, NULL_TREE
);
9622 decl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_variable
, ctx
, bound
);
9623 add_AT_flag (decl_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
9624 add_type_attribute (decl_die
, TREE_TYPE (bound
), 1, 0, ctx
);
9625 add_AT_loc (decl_die
, DW_AT_location
, loc
);
9627 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, decl_die
);
9633 /* Note that the block of subscript information for an array type also
9634 includes information about the element type of type given array type. */
9637 add_subscript_info (dw_die_ref type_die
, tree type
)
9639 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
9640 unsigned dimension_number
;
9643 dw_die_ref subrange_die
;
9645 /* The GNU compilers represent multidimensional array types as sequences of
9646 one dimensional array types whose element types are themselves array
9647 types. Here we squish that down, so that each multidimensional array
9648 type gets only one array_type DIE in the Dwarf debugging info. The draft
9649 Dwarf specification say that we are allowed to do this kind of
9650 compression in C (because there is no difference between an array or
9651 arrays and a multidimensional array in C) but for other source languages
9652 (e.g. Ada) we probably shouldn't do this. */
9654 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for multidimensional arrays with a
9655 const enum type. E.g. const enum machine_mode insn_operand_mode[2][10].
9656 We work around this by disabling this feature. See also
9657 gen_array_type_die. */
9658 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
9659 for (dimension_number
= 0;
9660 TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
;
9661 type
= TREE_TYPE (type
), dimension_number
++)
9664 tree domain
= TYPE_DOMAIN (type
);
9666 /* Arrays come in three flavors: Unspecified bounds, fixed bounds,
9667 and (in GNU C only) variable bounds. Handle all three forms
9669 subrange_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type
, type_die
, NULL
);
9672 /* We have an array type with specified bounds. */
9673 lower
= TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain
);
9674 upper
= TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain
);
9676 /* define the index type. */
9677 if (TREE_TYPE (domain
))
9679 /* ??? This is probably an Ada unnamed subrange type. Ignore the
9680 TREE_TYPE field. We can't emit debug info for this
9681 because it is an unnamed integral type. */
9682 if (TREE_CODE (domain
) == INTEGER_TYPE
9683 && TYPE_NAME (domain
) == NULL_TREE
9684 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (domain
)) == INTEGER_TYPE
9685 && TYPE_NAME (TREE_TYPE (domain
)) == NULL_TREE
)
9688 add_type_attribute (subrange_die
, TREE_TYPE (domain
), 0, 0,
9692 /* ??? If upper is NULL, the array has unspecified length,
9693 but it does have a lower bound. This happens with Fortran
9695 Since the debugger is definitely going to need to know N
9696 to produce useful results, go ahead and output the lower
9697 bound solo, and hope the debugger can cope. */
9699 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_lower_bound
, lower
);
9701 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_upper_bound
, upper
);
9704 /* Otherwise we have an array type with an unspecified length. The
9705 DWARF-2 spec does not say how to handle this; let's just leave out the
9711 add_byte_size_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree tree_node
)
9715 switch (TREE_CODE (tree_node
))
9723 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE
:
9724 size
= int_size_in_bytes (tree_node
);
9727 /* For a data member of a struct or union, the DW_AT_byte_size is
9728 generally given as the number of bytes normally allocated for an
9729 object of the *declared* type of the member itself. This is true
9730 even for bit-fields. */
9731 size
= simple_type_size_in_bits (field_type (tree_node
)) / BITS_PER_UNIT
;
9737 /* Note that `size' might be -1 when we get to this point. If it is, that
9738 indicates that the byte size of the entity in question is variable. We
9739 have no good way of expressing this fact in Dwarf at the present time,
9740 so just let the -1 pass on through. */
9741 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, size
);
9744 /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit-field, output an attribute
9745 which specifies the distance in bits from the highest order bit of the
9746 "containing object" for the bit-field to the highest order bit of the
9749 For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a hypothetical object
9750 (of some integral or enum type) within which the given bit-field lives. The
9751 type of this hypothetical "containing object" is always the same as the
9752 declared type of the individual bit-field itself. The determination of the
9753 exact location of the "containing object" for a bit-field is rather
9754 complicated. It's handled by the `field_byte_offset' function (above).
9756 Note that it is the size (in bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object"
9757 which will be given in the DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field.
9758 (See `byte_size_attribute' above). */
9761 add_bit_offset_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
9763 HOST_WIDE_INT object_offset_in_bytes
= field_byte_offset (decl
);
9764 tree type
= DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl
);
9765 HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos_int
;
9766 HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_object_bit_offset
;
9767 HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_field_bit_offset
;
9768 HOST_WIDE_INT
unsigned bit_offset
;
9770 /* Must be a field and a bit field. */
9772 || TREE_CODE (decl
) != FIELD_DECL
)
9775 /* We can't yet handle bit-fields whose offsets are variable, so if we
9776 encounter such things, just return without generating any attribute
9777 whatsoever. Likewise for variable or too large size. */
9778 if (! host_integerp (bit_position (decl
), 0)
9779 || ! host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl
), 1))
9782 bitpos_int
= int_bit_position (decl
);
9784 /* Note that the bit offset is always the distance (in bits) from the
9785 highest-order bit of the "containing object" to the highest-order bit of
9786 the bit-field itself. Since the "high-order end" of any object or field
9787 is different on big-endian and little-endian machines, the computation
9788 below must take account of these differences. */
9789 highest_order_object_bit_offset
= object_offset_in_bytes
* BITS_PER_UNIT
;
9790 highest_order_field_bit_offset
= bitpos_int
;
9792 if (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
)
9794 highest_order_field_bit_offset
+= tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl
), 0);
9795 highest_order_object_bit_offset
+= simple_type_size_in_bits (type
);
9799 = (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
9800 ? highest_order_object_bit_offset
- highest_order_field_bit_offset
9801 : highest_order_field_bit_offset
- highest_order_object_bit_offset
);
9803 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_bit_offset
, bit_offset
);
9806 /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit field, output an attribute
9807 which specifies the length in bits of the given field. */
9810 add_bit_size_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
9812 /* Must be a field and a bit field. */
9813 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) != FIELD_DECL
9814 || ! DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl
))
9817 if (host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl
), 1))
9818 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_bit_size
, tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl
), 1));
9821 /* If the compiled language is ANSI C, then add a 'prototyped'
9822 attribute, if arg types are given for the parameters of a function. */
9825 add_prototyped_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree func_type
)
9827 if (get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
) == DW_LANG_C89
9828 && TYPE_ARG_TYPES (func_type
) != NULL
)
9829 add_AT_flag (die
, DW_AT_prototyped
, 1);
9832 /* Add an 'abstract_origin' attribute below a given DIE. The DIE is found
9833 by looking in either the type declaration or object declaration
9837 add_abstract_origin_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree origin
)
9839 dw_die_ref origin_die
= NULL
;
9841 if (TREE_CODE (origin
) != FUNCTION_DECL
)
9843 /* We may have gotten separated from the block for the inlined
9844 function, if we're in an exception handler or some such; make
9845 sure that the abstract function has been written out.
9847 Doing this for nested functions is wrong, however; functions are
9848 distinct units, and our context might not even be inline. */
9852 fn
= TYPE_STUB_DECL (fn
);
9854 fn
= decl_function_context (fn
);
9856 dwarf2out_abstract_function (fn
);
9859 if (DECL_P (origin
))
9860 origin_die
= lookup_decl_die (origin
);
9861 else if (TYPE_P (origin
))
9862 origin_die
= lookup_type_die (origin
);
9864 if (origin_die
== NULL
)
9867 add_AT_die_ref (die
, DW_AT_abstract_origin
, origin_die
);
9870 /* We do not currently support the pure_virtual attribute. */
9873 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree func_decl
)
9875 if (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl
))
9877 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_virtuality
, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual
);
9879 if (host_integerp (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl
), 0))
9880 add_AT_loc (die
, DW_AT_vtable_elem_location
,
9881 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_constu
,
9882 tree_low_cst (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl
), 0),
9885 /* GNU extension: Record what type this method came from originally. */
9886 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
9887 add_AT_die_ref (die
, DW_AT_containing_type
,
9888 lookup_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (func_decl
)));
9892 /* Add source coordinate attributes for the given decl. */
9895 add_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
9897 unsigned file_index
= lookup_filename (DECL_SOURCE_FILE (decl
));
9899 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_decl_file
, file_index
);
9900 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_decl_line
, DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl
));
9903 /* Add a DW_AT_name attribute and source coordinate attribute for the
9904 given decl, but only if it actually has a name. */
9907 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
9911 decl_name
= DECL_NAME (decl
);
9912 if (decl_name
!= NULL
&& IDENTIFIER_POINTER (decl_name
) != NULL
)
9914 add_name_attribute (die
, dwarf2_name (decl
, 0));
9915 if (! DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
9916 add_src_coords_attributes (die
, decl
);
9918 if ((TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
|| TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
)
9919 && TREE_PUBLIC (decl
)
9920 && DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl
) != DECL_NAME (decl
)
9921 && !DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
9922 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name
,
9923 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl
)));
9926 #ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
9927 /* Get the function's name, as described by its RTL. This may be different
9928 from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */
9929 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
&& TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl
))
9931 add_AT_addr (die
, DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address
,
9932 XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl
), 0));
9933 VARRAY_PUSH_RTX (used_rtx_varray
, XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl
), 0));
9938 /* Push a new declaration scope. */
9941 push_decl_scope (tree scope
)
9943 VARRAY_PUSH_TREE (decl_scope_table
, scope
);
9946 /* Pop a declaration scope. */
9949 pop_decl_scope (void)
9951 if (VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (decl_scope_table
) <= 0)
9954 VARRAY_POP (decl_scope_table
);
9957 /* Return the DIE for the scope that immediately contains this type.
9958 Non-named types get global scope. Named types nested in other
9959 types get their containing scope if it's open, or global scope
9960 otherwise. All other types (i.e. function-local named types) get
9961 the current active scope. */
9964 scope_die_for (tree t
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
9966 dw_die_ref scope_die
= NULL
;
9967 tree containing_scope
;
9970 /* Non-types always go in the current scope. */
9974 containing_scope
= TYPE_CONTEXT (t
);
9976 /* Ignore namespaces for the moment. */
9977 if (containing_scope
&& TREE_CODE (containing_scope
) == NAMESPACE_DECL
)
9978 containing_scope
= NULL_TREE
;
9980 /* Ignore function type "scopes" from the C frontend. They mean that
9981 a tagged type is local to a parmlist of a function declarator, but
9982 that isn't useful to DWARF. */
9983 if (containing_scope
&& TREE_CODE (containing_scope
) == FUNCTION_TYPE
)
9984 containing_scope
= NULL_TREE
;
9986 if (containing_scope
== NULL_TREE
)
9987 scope_die
= comp_unit_die
;
9988 else if (TYPE_P (containing_scope
))
9990 /* For types, we can just look up the appropriate DIE. But
9991 first we check to see if we're in the middle of emitting it
9992 so we know where the new DIE should go. */
9993 for (i
= VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (decl_scope_table
) - 1; i
>= 0; --i
)
9994 if (VARRAY_TREE (decl_scope_table
, i
) == containing_scope
)
9999 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
10000 && !TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (containing_scope
))
10003 /* If none of the current dies are suitable, we get file scope. */
10004 scope_die
= comp_unit_die
;
10007 scope_die
= lookup_type_die (containing_scope
);
10010 scope_die
= context_die
;
10015 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is internal to a function. */
10018 local_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die
)
10020 for (; context_die
; context_die
= context_die
->die_parent
)
10021 if (context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine
10022 || context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_subprogram
)
10028 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is a class. */
10031 class_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die
)
10033 return (context_die
10034 && (context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_structure_type
10035 || context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_union_type
));
10038 /* Many forms of DIEs require a "type description" attribute. This
10039 routine locates the proper "type descriptor" die for the type given
10040 by 'type', and adds a DW_AT_type attribute below the given die. */
10043 add_type_attribute (dw_die_ref object_die
, tree type
, int decl_const
,
10044 int decl_volatile
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
10046 enum tree_code code
= TREE_CODE (type
);
10047 dw_die_ref type_die
= NULL
;
10049 /* ??? If this type is an unnamed subrange type of an integral or
10050 floating-point type, use the inner type. This is because we have no
10051 support for unnamed types in base_type_die. This can happen if this is
10052 an Ada subrange type. Correct solution is emit a subrange type die. */
10053 if ((code
== INTEGER_TYPE
|| code
== REAL_TYPE
)
10054 && TREE_TYPE (type
) != 0 && TYPE_NAME (type
) == 0)
10055 type
= TREE_TYPE (type
), code
= TREE_CODE (type
);
10057 if (code
== ERROR_MARK
10058 /* Handle a special case. For functions whose return type is void, we
10059 generate *no* type attribute. (Note that no object may have type
10060 `void', so this only applies to function return types). */
10061 || code
== VOID_TYPE
)
10064 type_die
= modified_type_die (type
,
10065 decl_const
|| TYPE_READONLY (type
),
10066 decl_volatile
|| TYPE_VOLATILE (type
),
10069 if (type_die
!= NULL
)
10070 add_AT_die_ref (object_die
, DW_AT_type
, type_die
);
10073 /* Given a tree pointer to a struct, class, union, or enum type node, return
10074 a pointer to the (string) tag name for the given type, or zero if the type
10075 was declared without a tag. */
10077 static const char *
10078 type_tag (tree type
)
10080 const char *name
= 0;
10082 if (TYPE_NAME (type
) != 0)
10086 /* Find the IDENTIFIER_NODE for the type name. */
10087 if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type
)) == IDENTIFIER_NODE
)
10088 t
= TYPE_NAME (type
);
10090 /* The g++ front end makes the TYPE_NAME of *each* tagged type point to
10091 a TYPE_DECL node, regardless of whether or not a `typedef' was
10093 else if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type
)) == TYPE_DECL
10094 && ! DECL_IGNORED_P (TYPE_NAME (type
)))
10095 t
= DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (type
));
10097 /* Now get the name as a string, or invent one. */
10099 name
= IDENTIFIER_POINTER (t
);
10102 return (name
== 0 || *name
== '\0') ? 0 : name
;
10105 /* Return the type associated with a data member, make a special check
10106 for bit field types. */
10109 member_declared_type (tree member
)
10111 return (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member
)
10112 ? DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member
) : TREE_TYPE (member
));
10115 /* Get the decl's label, as described by its RTL. This may be different
10116 from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */
10119 static const char *
10120 decl_start_label (tree decl
)
10123 const char *fnname
;
10125 x
= DECL_RTL (decl
);
10126 if (GET_CODE (x
) != MEM
)
10130 if (GET_CODE (x
) != SYMBOL_REF
)
10133 fnname
= XSTR (x
, 0);
10138 /* These routines generate the internal representation of the DIE's for
10139 the compilation unit. Debugging information is collected by walking
10140 the declaration trees passed in from dwarf2out_decl(). */
10143 gen_array_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
10145 dw_die_ref scope_die
= scope_die_for (type
, context_die
);
10146 dw_die_ref array_die
;
10149 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for array of array of enum types unless
10150 the inner array type comes before the outer array type. Thus we must
10151 call gen_type_die before we call new_die. See below also. */
10152 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10153 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
);
10156 array_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_array_type
, scope_die
, type
);
10157 add_name_attribute (array_die
, type_tag (type
));
10158 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, array_die
);
10160 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == VECTOR_TYPE
)
10162 /* The frontend feeds us a representation for the vector as a struct
10163 containing an array. Pull out the array type. */
10164 type
= TREE_TYPE (TYPE_FIELDS (TYPE_DEBUG_REPRESENTATION_TYPE (type
)));
10165 add_AT_flag (array_die
, DW_AT_GNU_vector
, 1);
10169 /* We default the array ordering. SDB will probably do
10170 the right things even if DW_AT_ordering is not present. It's not even
10171 an issue until we start to get into multidimensional arrays anyway. If
10172 SDB is ever caught doing the Wrong Thing for multi-dimensional arrays,
10173 then we'll have to put the DW_AT_ordering attribute back in. (But if
10174 and when we find out that we need to put these in, we will only do so
10175 for multidimensional arrays. */
10176 add_AT_unsigned (array_die
, DW_AT_ordering
, DW_ORD_row_major
);
10179 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10180 /* The SGI compilers handle arrays of unknown bound by setting
10181 AT_declaration and not emitting any subrange DIEs. */
10182 if (! TYPE_DOMAIN (type
))
10183 add_AT_unsigned (array_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
10186 add_subscript_info (array_die
, type
);
10188 /* Add representation of the type of the elements of this array type. */
10189 element_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
10191 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for multidimensional arrays with a
10192 const enum type. E.g. const enum machine_mode insn_operand_mode[2][10].
10193 We work around this by disabling this feature. See also
10194 add_subscript_info. */
10195 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10196 while (TREE_CODE (element_type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
)
10197 element_type
= TREE_TYPE (element_type
);
10199 gen_type_die (element_type
, context_die
);
10202 add_type_attribute (array_die
, element_type
, 0, 0, context_die
);
10206 gen_set_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
10208 dw_die_ref type_die
10209 = new_die (DW_TAG_set_type
, scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
10211 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, type_die
);
10212 add_type_attribute (type_die
, TREE_TYPE (type
), 0, 0, context_die
);
10217 gen_entry_point_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
10219 tree origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
10220 dw_die_ref decl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_entry_point
, context_die
, decl
);
10222 if (origin
!= NULL
)
10223 add_abstract_origin_attribute (decl_die
, origin
);
10226 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die
, decl
);
10227 add_type_attribute (decl_die
, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)),
10228 0, 0, context_die
);
10231 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
10232 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, decl_die
);
10234 add_AT_lbl_id (decl_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, decl_start_label (decl
));
10238 /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
10239 emit full debugging info for them. */
10242 retry_incomplete_types (void)
10246 for (i
= VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (incomplete_types
) - 1; i
>= 0; i
--)
10247 gen_type_die (VARRAY_TREE (incomplete_types
, i
), comp_unit_die
);
10250 /* Generate a DIE to represent an inlined instance of an enumeration type. */
10253 gen_inlined_enumeration_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
10255 dw_die_ref type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_enumeration_type
, context_die
, type
);
10257 /* We do not check for TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) being set, as the type may
10258 be incomplete and such types are not marked. */
10259 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die
, type
);
10262 /* Generate a DIE to represent an inlined instance of a structure type. */
10265 gen_inlined_structure_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
10267 dw_die_ref type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_structure_type
, context_die
, type
);
10269 /* We do not check for TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) being set, as the type may
10270 be incomplete and such types are not marked. */
10271 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die
, type
);
10274 /* Generate a DIE to represent an inlined instance of a union type. */
10277 gen_inlined_union_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
10279 dw_die_ref type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_union_type
, context_die
, type
);
10281 /* We do not check for TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) being set, as the type may
10282 be incomplete and such types are not marked. */
10283 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die
, type
);
10286 /* Generate a DIE to represent an enumeration type. Note that these DIEs
10287 include all of the information about the enumeration values also. Each
10288 enumerated type name/value is listed as a child of the enumerated type
10292 gen_enumeration_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
10294 dw_die_ref type_die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
10296 if (type_die
== NULL
)
10298 type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_enumeration_type
,
10299 scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
10300 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, type_die
);
10301 add_name_attribute (type_die
, type_tag (type
));
10303 else if (! TYPE_SIZE (type
))
10306 remove_AT (type_die
, DW_AT_declaration
);
10308 /* Handle a GNU C/C++ extension, i.e. incomplete enum types. If the
10309 given enum type is incomplete, do not generate the DW_AT_byte_size
10310 attribute or the DW_AT_element_list attribute. */
10311 if (TYPE_SIZE (type
))
10315 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
10316 add_byte_size_attribute (type_die
, type
);
10317 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
) != NULL_TREE
)
10318 add_src_coords_attributes (type_die
, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
));
10320 /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
10321 inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
10322 if (type_die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
10323 add_child_die (scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type_die
);
10325 for (link
= TYPE_FIELDS (type
);
10326 link
!= NULL
; link
= TREE_CHAIN (link
))
10328 dw_die_ref enum_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_enumerator
, type_die
, link
);
10330 add_name_attribute (enum_die
,
10331 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (TREE_PURPOSE (link
)));
10333 if (host_integerp (TREE_VALUE (link
), 0))
10335 if (tree_int_cst_sgn (TREE_VALUE (link
)) < 0)
10336 add_AT_int (enum_die
, DW_AT_const_value
,
10337 tree_low_cst (TREE_VALUE (link
), 0));
10339 add_AT_unsigned (enum_die
, DW_AT_const_value
,
10340 tree_low_cst (TREE_VALUE (link
), 0));
10345 add_AT_flag (type_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
10348 /* Generate a DIE to represent either a real live formal parameter decl or to
10349 represent just the type of some formal parameter position in some function
10352 Note that this routine is a bit unusual because its argument may be a
10353 ..._DECL node (i.e. either a PARM_DECL or perhaps a VAR_DECL which
10354 represents an inlining of some PARM_DECL) or else some sort of a ..._TYPE
10355 node. If it's the former then this function is being called to output a
10356 DIE to represent a formal parameter object (or some inlining thereof). If
10357 it's the latter, then this function is only being called to output a
10358 DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE to stand as a placeholder for some formal
10359 argument type of some subprogram type. */
10362 gen_formal_parameter_die (tree node
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
10364 dw_die_ref parm_die
10365 = new_die (DW_TAG_formal_parameter
, context_die
, node
);
10368 switch (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (node
)))
10371 origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (node
);
10372 if (origin
!= NULL
)
10373 add_abstract_origin_attribute (parm_die
, origin
);
10376 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (parm_die
, node
);
10377 add_type_attribute (parm_die
, TREE_TYPE (node
),
10378 TREE_READONLY (node
),
10379 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (node
),
10381 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (node
))
10382 add_AT_flag (parm_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
10385 equate_decl_number_to_die (node
, parm_die
);
10386 if (! DECL_ABSTRACT (node
))
10387 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (parm_die
, node
);
10392 /* We were called with some kind of a ..._TYPE node. */
10393 add_type_attribute (parm_die
, node
, 0, 0, context_die
);
10403 /* Generate a special type of DIE used as a stand-in for a trailing ellipsis
10404 at the end of an (ANSI prototyped) formal parameters list. */
10407 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (tree decl_or_type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
10409 new_die (DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters
, context_die
, decl_or_type
);
10412 /* Generate a list of nameless DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIEs (and perhaps a
10413 DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE) to represent the types of the formal
10414 parameters as specified in some function type specification (except for
10415 those which appear as part of a function *definition*). */
10418 gen_formal_types_die (tree function_or_method_type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
10421 tree formal_type
= NULL
;
10422 tree first_parm_type
;
10425 if (TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type
) == FUNCTION_DECL
)
10427 arg
= DECL_ARGUMENTS (function_or_method_type
);
10428 function_or_method_type
= TREE_TYPE (function_or_method_type
);
10433 first_parm_type
= TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type
);
10435 /* Make our first pass over the list of formal parameter types and output a
10436 DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE for each one. */
10437 for (link
= first_parm_type
; link
; )
10439 dw_die_ref parm_die
;
10441 formal_type
= TREE_VALUE (link
);
10442 if (formal_type
== void_type_node
)
10445 /* Output a (nameless) DIE to represent the formal parameter itself. */
10446 parm_die
= gen_formal_parameter_die (formal_type
, context_die
);
10447 if ((TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type
) == METHOD_TYPE
10448 && link
== first_parm_type
)
10449 || (arg
&& DECL_ARTIFICIAL (arg
)))
10450 add_AT_flag (parm_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
10452 link
= TREE_CHAIN (link
);
10454 arg
= TREE_CHAIN (arg
);
10457 /* If this function type has an ellipsis, add a
10458 DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE to the end of the parameter list. */
10459 if (formal_type
!= void_type_node
)
10460 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (function_or_method_type
, context_die
);
10462 /* Make our second (and final) pass over the list of formal parameter types
10463 and output DIEs to represent those types (as necessary). */
10464 for (link
= TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type
);
10465 link
&& TREE_VALUE (link
);
10466 link
= TREE_CHAIN (link
))
10467 gen_type_die (TREE_VALUE (link
), context_die
);
10470 /* We want to generate the DIE for TYPE so that we can generate the
10471 die for MEMBER, which has been defined; we will need to refer back
10472 to the member declaration nested within TYPE. If we're trying to
10473 generate minimal debug info for TYPE, processing TYPE won't do the
10474 trick; we need to attach the member declaration by hand. */
10477 gen_type_die_for_member (tree type
, tree member
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
10479 gen_type_die (type
, context_die
);
10481 /* If we're trying to avoid duplicate debug info, we may not have
10482 emitted the member decl for this function. Emit it now. */
10483 if (TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
))
10484 && ! lookup_decl_die (member
))
10486 if (decl_ultimate_origin (member
))
10489 push_decl_scope (type
);
10490 if (TREE_CODE (member
) == FUNCTION_DECL
)
10491 gen_subprogram_die (member
, lookup_type_die (type
));
10493 gen_variable_die (member
, lookup_type_die (type
));
10499 /* Generate the DWARF2 info for the "abstract" instance of a function which we
10500 may later generate inlined and/or out-of-line instances of. */
10503 dwarf2out_abstract_function (tree decl
)
10505 dw_die_ref old_die
;
10508 int was_abstract
= DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
);
10510 /* Make sure we have the actual abstract inline, not a clone. */
10511 decl
= DECL_ORIGIN (decl
);
10513 old_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
10514 if (old_die
&& get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_inline
))
10515 /* We've already generated the abstract instance. */
10518 /* Be sure we've emitted the in-class declaration DIE (if any) first, so
10519 we don't get confused by DECL_ABSTRACT. */
10520 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
10522 context
= decl_class_context (decl
);
10524 gen_type_die_for_member
10525 (context
, decl
, decl_function_context (decl
) ? NULL
: comp_unit_die
);
10528 /* Pretend we've just finished compiling this function. */
10529 save_fn
= current_function_decl
;
10530 current_function_decl
= decl
;
10532 set_decl_abstract_flags (decl
, 1);
10533 dwarf2out_decl (decl
);
10534 if (! was_abstract
)
10535 set_decl_abstract_flags (decl
, 0);
10537 current_function_decl
= save_fn
;
10540 /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared function (either file-scope or
10544 gen_subprogram_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
10546 char label_id
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
10547 tree origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
10548 dw_die_ref subr_die
;
10552 dw_die_ref old_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
10553 int declaration
= (current_function_decl
!= decl
10554 || class_scope_p (context_die
));
10556 /* It is possible to have both DECL_ABSTRACT and DECLARATION be true if we
10557 started to generate the abstract instance of an inline, decided to output
10558 its containing class, and proceeded to emit the declaration of the inline
10559 from the member list for the class. If so, DECLARATION takes priority;
10560 we'll get back to the abstract instance when done with the class. */
10562 /* The class-scope declaration DIE must be the primary DIE. */
10563 if (origin
&& declaration
&& class_scope_p (context_die
))
10570 if (origin
!= NULL
)
10572 if (declaration
&& ! local_scope_p (context_die
))
10575 /* Fixup die_parent for the abstract instance of a nested
10576 inline function. */
10577 if (old_die
&& old_die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
10578 add_child_die (context_die
, old_die
);
10580 subr_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram
, context_die
, decl
);
10581 add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die
, origin
);
10585 unsigned file_index
= lookup_filename (DECL_SOURCE_FILE (decl
));
10587 if (!get_AT_flag (old_die
, DW_AT_declaration
)
10588 /* We can have a normal definition following an inline one in the
10589 case of redefinition of GNU C extern inlines.
10590 It seems reasonable to use AT_specification in this case. */
10591 && !get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_inline
))
10593 /* ??? This can happen if there is a bug in the program, for
10594 instance, if it has duplicate function definitions. Ideally,
10595 we should detect this case and ignore it. For now, if we have
10596 already reported an error, any error at all, then assume that
10597 we got here because of an input error, not a dwarf2 bug. */
10603 /* If the definition comes from the same place as the declaration,
10604 maybe use the old DIE. We always want the DIE for this function
10605 that has the *_pc attributes to be under comp_unit_die so the
10606 debugger can find it. We also need to do this for abstract
10607 instances of inlines, since the spec requires the out-of-line copy
10608 to have the same parent. For local class methods, this doesn't
10609 apply; we just use the old DIE. */
10610 if ((old_die
->die_parent
== comp_unit_die
|| context_die
== NULL
)
10611 && (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
)
10612 || (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
) == file_index
10613 && (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
)
10614 == (unsigned) DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl
)))))
10616 subr_die
= old_die
;
10618 /* Clear out the declaration attribute and the parm types. */
10619 remove_AT (subr_die
, DW_AT_declaration
);
10620 remove_children (subr_die
);
10624 subr_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram
, context_die
, decl
);
10625 add_AT_die_ref (subr_die
, DW_AT_specification
, old_die
);
10626 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
) != file_index
)
10627 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
, file_index
);
10628 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
)
10629 != (unsigned) DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl
))
10631 (subr_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
, DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl
));
10636 subr_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram
, context_die
, decl
);
10638 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl
))
10639 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_external
, 1);
10641 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (subr_die
, decl
);
10642 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
10644 add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die
, TREE_TYPE (decl
));
10645 add_type_attribute (subr_die
, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)),
10646 0, 0, context_die
);
10649 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (subr_die
, decl
);
10650 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
10651 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
10653 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl
))
10654 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_protected
);
10655 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl
))
10656 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_private
);
10661 if (!old_die
|| !get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_inline
))
10663 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
10665 /* The first time we see a member function, it is in the context of
10666 the class to which it belongs. We make sure of this by emitting
10667 the class first. The next time is the definition, which is
10668 handled above. The two may come from the same source text. */
10669 if (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
) || DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
10670 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, subr_die
);
10673 else if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
10675 if (DECL_INLINE (decl
) && !flag_no_inline
)
10677 /* ??? Checking DECL_DEFER_OUTPUT is correct for static
10678 inline functions, but not for extern inline functions.
10679 We can't get this completely correct because information
10680 about whether the function was declared inline is not
10682 if (DECL_DEFER_OUTPUT (decl
))
10683 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_inline
, DW_INL_declared_inlined
);
10685 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_inline
, DW_INL_inlined
);
10688 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_inline
, DW_INL_declared_not_inlined
);
10690 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, subr_die
);
10692 else if (!DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
))
10694 if (!old_die
|| !get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_inline
))
10695 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, subr_die
);
10697 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id
, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
,
10698 current_function_funcdef_no
);
10699 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, label_id
);
10700 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id
, FUNC_END_LABEL
,
10701 current_function_funcdef_no
);
10702 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die
, DW_AT_high_pc
, label_id
);
10704 add_pubname (decl
, subr_die
);
10705 add_arange (decl
, subr_die
);
10707 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10708 /* Add a reference to the FDE for this routine. */
10709 add_AT_fde_ref (subr_die
, DW_AT_MIPS_fde
, current_funcdef_fde
);
10712 /* Define the "frame base" location for this routine. We use the
10713 frame pointer or stack pointer registers, since the RTL for local
10714 variables is relative to one of them. */
10716 = frame_pointer_needed
? hard_frame_pointer_rtx
: stack_pointer_rtx
;
10717 add_AT_loc (subr_die
, DW_AT_frame_base
, reg_loc_descriptor (fp_reg
));
10720 /* ??? This fails for nested inline functions, because context_display
10721 is not part of the state saved/restored for inline functions. */
10722 if (current_function_needs_context
)
10723 add_AT_location_description (subr_die
, DW_AT_static_link
,
10724 loc_descriptor (lookup_static_chain (decl
)));
10728 /* Now output descriptions of the arguments for this function. This gets
10729 (unnecessarily?) complex because of the fact that the DECL_ARGUMENT list
10730 for a FUNCTION_DECL doesn't indicate cases where there was a trailing
10731 `...' at the end of the formal parameter list. In order to find out if
10732 there was a trailing ellipsis or not, we must instead look at the type
10733 associated with the FUNCTION_DECL. This will be a node of type
10734 FUNCTION_TYPE. If the chain of type nodes hanging off of this
10735 FUNCTION_TYPE node ends with a void_type_node then there should *not* be
10736 an ellipsis at the end. */
10738 /* In the case where we are describing a mere function declaration, all we
10739 need to do here (and all we *can* do here) is to describe the *types* of
10740 its formal parameters. */
10741 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
10743 else if (declaration
)
10744 gen_formal_types_die (decl
, subr_die
);
10747 /* Generate DIEs to represent all known formal parameters. */
10748 tree arg_decls
= DECL_ARGUMENTS (decl
);
10751 /* When generating DIEs, generate the unspecified_parameters DIE
10752 instead if we come across the arg "__builtin_va_alist" */
10753 for (parm
= arg_decls
; parm
; parm
= TREE_CHAIN (parm
))
10754 if (TREE_CODE (parm
) == PARM_DECL
)
10756 if (DECL_NAME (parm
)
10757 && !strcmp (IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (parm
)),
10758 "__builtin_va_alist"))
10759 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (parm
, subr_die
);
10761 gen_decl_die (parm
, subr_die
);
10764 /* Decide whether we need an unspecified_parameters DIE at the end.
10765 There are 2 more cases to do this for: 1) the ansi ... declaration -
10766 this is detectable when the end of the arg list is not a
10767 void_type_node 2) an unprototyped function declaration (not a
10768 definition). This just means that we have no info about the
10769 parameters at all. */
10770 fn_arg_types
= TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (decl
));
10771 if (fn_arg_types
!= NULL
)
10773 /* this is the prototyped case, check for ... */
10774 if (TREE_VALUE (tree_last (fn_arg_types
)) != void_type_node
)
10775 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl
, subr_die
);
10777 else if (DECL_INITIAL (decl
) == NULL_TREE
)
10778 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl
, subr_die
);
10781 /* Output Dwarf info for all of the stuff within the body of the function
10782 (if it has one - it may be just a declaration). */
10783 outer_scope
= DECL_INITIAL (decl
);
10785 /* OUTER_SCOPE is a pointer to the outermost BLOCK node created to represent
10786 a function. This BLOCK actually represents the outermost binding contour
10787 for the function, i.e. the contour in which the function's formal
10788 parameters and labels get declared. Curiously, it appears that the front
10789 end doesn't actually put the PARM_DECL nodes for the current function onto
10790 the BLOCK_VARS list for this outer scope, but are strung off of the
10791 DECL_ARGUMENTS list for the function instead.
10793 The BLOCK_VARS list for the `outer_scope' does provide us with a list of
10794 the LABEL_DECL nodes for the function however, and we output DWARF info
10795 for those in decls_for_scope. Just within the `outer_scope' there will be
10796 a BLOCK node representing the function's outermost pair of curly braces,
10797 and any blocks used for the base and member initializers of a C++
10798 constructor function. */
10799 if (! declaration
&& TREE_CODE (outer_scope
) != ERROR_MARK
)
10801 current_function_has_inlines
= 0;
10802 decls_for_scope (outer_scope
, subr_die
, 0);
10804 #if 0 && defined (MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO)
10805 if (current_function_has_inlines
)
10807 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines
, 1);
10808 if (! comp_unit_has_inlines
)
10810 add_AT_flag (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines
, 1);
10811 comp_unit_has_inlines
= 1;
10818 /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared data object. */
10821 gen_variable_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
10823 tree origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
10824 dw_die_ref var_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_variable
, context_die
, decl
);
10826 dw_die_ref old_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
10827 int declaration
= (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
)
10828 || class_scope_p (context_die
));
10830 if (origin
!= NULL
)
10831 add_abstract_origin_attribute (var_die
, origin
);
10833 /* Loop unrolling can create multiple blocks that refer to the same
10834 static variable, so we must test for the DW_AT_declaration flag.
10836 ??? Loop unrolling/reorder_blocks should perhaps be rewritten to
10837 copy decls and set the DECL_ABSTRACT flag on them instead of
10840 ??? Duplicated blocks have been rewritten to use .debug_ranges. */
10841 else if (old_die
&& TREE_STATIC (decl
)
10842 && get_AT_flag (old_die
, DW_AT_declaration
) == 1)
10844 /* This is a definition of a C++ class level static. */
10845 add_AT_die_ref (var_die
, DW_AT_specification
, old_die
);
10846 if (DECL_NAME (decl
))
10848 unsigned file_index
= lookup_filename (DECL_SOURCE_FILE (decl
));
10850 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
) != file_index
)
10851 add_AT_unsigned (var_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
, file_index
);
10853 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
)
10854 != (unsigned) DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl
))
10856 add_AT_unsigned (var_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
,
10857 DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl
));
10862 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (var_die
, decl
);
10863 add_type_attribute (var_die
, TREE_TYPE (decl
), TREE_READONLY (decl
),
10864 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl
), context_die
);
10866 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl
))
10867 add_AT_flag (var_die
, DW_AT_external
, 1);
10869 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
10870 add_AT_flag (var_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
10872 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl
))
10873 add_AT_unsigned (var_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_protected
);
10874 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl
))
10875 add_AT_unsigned (var_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_private
);
10879 add_AT_flag (var_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
10881 if (class_scope_p (context_die
) || DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
10882 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, var_die
);
10884 if (! declaration
&& ! DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
10886 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (var_die
, decl
);
10887 add_pubname (decl
, var_die
);
10890 tree_add_const_value_attribute (var_die
, decl
);
10893 /* Generate a DIE to represent a label identifier. */
10896 gen_label_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
10898 tree origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
10899 dw_die_ref lbl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_label
, context_die
, decl
);
10901 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
10903 if (origin
!= NULL
)
10904 add_abstract_origin_attribute (lbl_die
, origin
);
10906 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (lbl_die
, decl
);
10908 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
10909 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, lbl_die
);
10912 insn
= DECL_RTL (decl
);
10914 /* Deleted labels are programmer specified labels which have been
10915 eliminated because of various optimizations. We still emit them
10916 here so that it is possible to put breakpoints on them. */
10917 if (GET_CODE (insn
) == CODE_LABEL
10918 || ((GET_CODE (insn
) == NOTE
10919 && NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (insn
) == NOTE_INSN_DELETED_LABEL
)))
10921 /* When optimization is enabled (via -O) some parts of the compiler
10922 (e.g. jump.c and cse.c) may try to delete CODE_LABEL insns which
10923 represent source-level labels which were explicitly declared by
10924 the user. This really shouldn't be happening though, so catch
10925 it if it ever does happen. */
10926 if (INSN_DELETED_P (insn
))
10929 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, "L", CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (insn
));
10930 add_AT_lbl_id (lbl_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, label
);
10935 /* Generate a DIE for a lexical block. */
10938 gen_lexical_block_die (tree stmt
, dw_die_ref context_die
, int depth
)
10940 dw_die_ref stmt_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_lexical_block
, context_die
, stmt
);
10941 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
10943 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt
))
10945 if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (stmt
))
10949 add_AT_range_list (stmt_die
, DW_AT_ranges
, add_ranges (stmt
));
10951 chain
= BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (stmt
);
10954 add_ranges (chain
);
10955 chain
= BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (chain
);
10962 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
,
10963 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt
));
10964 add_AT_lbl_id (stmt_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, label
);
10965 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, BLOCK_END_LABEL
,
10966 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt
));
10967 add_AT_lbl_id (stmt_die
, DW_AT_high_pc
, label
);
10971 decls_for_scope (stmt
, stmt_die
, depth
);
10974 /* Generate a DIE for an inlined subprogram. */
10977 gen_inlined_subroutine_die (tree stmt
, dw_die_ref context_die
, int depth
)
10979 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt
))
10981 dw_die_ref subr_die
10982 = new_die (DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine
, context_die
, stmt
);
10983 tree decl
= block_ultimate_origin (stmt
);
10984 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
10986 /* Emit info for the abstract instance first, if we haven't yet. */
10987 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl
);
10989 add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die
, decl
);
10990 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
,
10991 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt
));
10992 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, label
);
10993 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, BLOCK_END_LABEL
,
10994 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt
));
10995 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die
, DW_AT_high_pc
, label
);
10996 decls_for_scope (stmt
, subr_die
, depth
);
10997 current_function_has_inlines
= 1;
11000 /* We may get here if we're the outer block of function A that was
11001 inlined into function B that was inlined into function C. When
11002 generating debugging info for C, dwarf2out_abstract_function(B)
11003 would mark all inlined blocks as abstract, including this one.
11004 So, we wouldn't (and shouldn't) expect labels to be generated
11005 for this one. Instead, just emit debugging info for
11006 declarations within the block. This is particularly important
11007 in the case of initializers of arguments passed from B to us:
11008 if they're statement expressions containing declarations, we
11009 wouldn't generate dies for their abstract variables, and then,
11010 when generating dies for the real variables, we'd die (pun
11012 gen_lexical_block_die (stmt
, context_die
, depth
);
11015 /* Generate a DIE for a field in a record, or structure. */
11018 gen_field_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11020 dw_die_ref decl_die
;
11022 if (TREE_TYPE (decl
) == error_mark_node
)
11025 decl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_member
, context_die
, decl
);
11026 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die
, decl
);
11027 add_type_attribute (decl_die
, member_declared_type (decl
),
11028 TREE_READONLY (decl
), TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl
),
11031 if (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl
))
11033 add_byte_size_attribute (decl_die
, decl
);
11034 add_bit_size_attribute (decl_die
, decl
);
11035 add_bit_offset_attribute (decl_die
, decl
);
11038 if (TREE_CODE (DECL_FIELD_CONTEXT (decl
)) != UNION_TYPE
)
11039 add_data_member_location_attribute (decl_die
, decl
);
11041 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
11042 add_AT_flag (decl_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
11044 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl
))
11045 add_AT_unsigned (decl_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_protected
);
11046 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl
))
11047 add_AT_unsigned (decl_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_private
);
11051 /* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here.
11052 Use modified_type_die instead.
11053 We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to
11054 represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday. */
11057 gen_pointer_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11060 = new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type
, scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
11062 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, ptr_die
);
11063 add_type_attribute (ptr_die
, TREE_TYPE (type
), 0, 0, context_die
);
11064 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, PTR_SIZE
);
11067 /* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here.
11068 Use modified_type_die instead.
11069 We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to
11070 represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday. */
11073 gen_reference_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11076 = new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type
, scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
11078 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, ref_die
);
11079 add_type_attribute (ref_die
, TREE_TYPE (type
), 0, 0, context_die
);
11080 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, PTR_SIZE
);
11084 /* Generate a DIE for a pointer to a member type. */
11087 gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11090 = new_die (DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
,
11091 scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
11093 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, ptr_die
);
11094 add_AT_die_ref (ptr_die
, DW_AT_containing_type
,
11095 lookup_type_die (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type
)));
11096 add_type_attribute (ptr_die
, TREE_TYPE (type
), 0, 0, context_die
);
11099 /* Generate the DIE for the compilation unit. */
11102 gen_compile_unit_die (const char *filename
)
11105 char producer
[250];
11106 const char *language_string
= lang_hooks
.name
;
11109 die
= new_die (DW_TAG_compile_unit
, NULL
, NULL
);
11113 add_name_attribute (die
, filename
);
11114 /* Don't add cwd for <built-in>. */
11115 if (filename
[0] != DIR_SEPARATOR
&& filename
[0] != '<')
11116 add_comp_dir_attribute (die
);
11119 sprintf (producer
, "%s %s", language_string
, version_string
);
11121 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
11122 /* The MIPS/SGI compilers place the 'cc' command line options in the producer
11123 string. The SGI debugger looks for -g, -g1, -g2, or -g3; if they do
11124 not appear in the producer string, the debugger reaches the conclusion
11125 that the object file is stripped and has no debugging information.
11126 To get the MIPS/SGI debugger to believe that there is debugging
11127 information in the object file, we add a -g to the producer string. */
11128 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
11129 strcat (producer
, " -g");
11132 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_producer
, producer
);
11134 if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU C++") == 0)
11135 language
= DW_LANG_C_plus_plus
;
11136 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Ada") == 0)
11137 language
= DW_LANG_Ada95
;
11138 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU F77") == 0)
11139 language
= DW_LANG_Fortran77
;
11140 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Pascal") == 0)
11141 language
= DW_LANG_Pascal83
;
11142 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Java") == 0)
11143 language
= DW_LANG_Java
;
11145 language
= DW_LANG_C89
;
11147 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_language
, language
);
11151 /* Generate a DIE for a string type. */
11154 gen_string_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11156 dw_die_ref type_die
11157 = new_die (DW_TAG_string_type
, scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
11159 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, type_die
);
11161 /* ??? Fudge the string length attribute for now.
11162 TODO: add string length info. */
11164 string_length_attribute (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type
)));
11165 bound_representation (upper_bound
, 0, 'u');
11169 /* Generate the DIE for a base class. */
11172 gen_inheritance_die (tree binfo
, tree access
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11174 dw_die_ref die
= new_die (DW_TAG_inheritance
, context_die
, binfo
);
11176 add_type_attribute (die
, BINFO_TYPE (binfo
), 0, 0, context_die
);
11177 add_data_member_location_attribute (die
, binfo
);
11179 if (TREE_VIA_VIRTUAL (binfo
))
11180 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_virtuality
, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual
);
11182 if (access
== access_public_node
)
11183 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_public
);
11184 else if (access
== access_protected_node
)
11185 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_protected
);
11188 /* Generate a DIE for a class member. */
11191 gen_member_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11194 tree binfo
= TYPE_BINFO (type
);
11197 /* If this is not an incomplete type, output descriptions of each of its
11198 members. Note that as we output the DIEs necessary to represent the
11199 members of this record or union type, we will also be trying to output
11200 DIEs to represent the *types* of those members. However the `type'
11201 function (above) will specifically avoid generating type DIEs for member
11202 types *within* the list of member DIEs for this (containing) type except
11203 for those types (of members) which are explicitly marked as also being
11204 members of this (containing) type themselves. The g++ front- end can
11205 force any given type to be treated as a member of some other (containing)
11206 type by setting the TYPE_CONTEXT of the given (member) type to point to
11207 the TREE node representing the appropriate (containing) type. */
11209 /* First output info about the base classes. */
11210 if (binfo
&& BINFO_BASETYPES (binfo
))
11212 tree bases
= BINFO_BASETYPES (binfo
);
11213 tree accesses
= BINFO_BASEACCESSES (binfo
);
11214 int n_bases
= TREE_VEC_LENGTH (bases
);
11217 for (i
= 0; i
< n_bases
; i
++)
11218 gen_inheritance_die (TREE_VEC_ELT (bases
, i
),
11219 (accesses
? TREE_VEC_ELT (accesses
, i
)
11220 : access_public_node
), context_die
);
11223 /* Now output info about the data members and type members. */
11224 for (member
= TYPE_FIELDS (type
); member
; member
= TREE_CHAIN (member
))
11226 /* If we thought we were generating minimal debug info for TYPE
11227 and then changed our minds, some of the member declarations
11228 may have already been defined. Don't define them again, but
11229 do put them in the right order. */
11231 child
= lookup_decl_die (member
);
11233 splice_child_die (context_die
, child
);
11235 gen_decl_die (member
, context_die
);
11238 /* Now output info about the function members (if any). */
11239 for (member
= TYPE_METHODS (type
); member
; member
= TREE_CHAIN (member
))
11241 /* Don't include clones in the member list. */
11242 if (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (member
))
11245 child
= lookup_decl_die (member
);
11247 splice_child_die (context_die
, child
);
11249 gen_decl_die (member
, context_die
);
11253 /* Generate a DIE for a structure or union type. If TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG
11254 is set, we pretend that the type was never defined, so we only get the
11255 member DIEs needed by later specification DIEs. */
11258 gen_struct_or_union_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11260 dw_die_ref type_die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
11261 dw_die_ref scope_die
= 0;
11263 int complete
= (TYPE_SIZE (type
)
11264 && (! TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
)
11265 || ! TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
))));
11267 if (type_die
&& ! complete
)
11270 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
) != NULL_TREE
11271 && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)))
11274 scope_die
= scope_die_for (type
, context_die
);
11276 if (! type_die
|| (nested
&& scope_die
== comp_unit_die
))
11277 /* First occurrence of type or toplevel definition of nested class. */
11279 dw_die_ref old_die
= type_die
;
11281 type_die
= new_die (TREE_CODE (type
) == RECORD_TYPE
11282 ? DW_TAG_structure_type
: DW_TAG_union_type
,
11284 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, type_die
);
11286 add_AT_die_ref (type_die
, DW_AT_specification
, old_die
);
11288 add_name_attribute (type_die
, type_tag (type
));
11291 remove_AT (type_die
, DW_AT_declaration
);
11293 /* If this type has been completed, then give it a byte_size attribute and
11294 then give a list of members. */
11297 /* Prevent infinite recursion in cases where the type of some member of
11298 this type is expressed in terms of this type itself. */
11299 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
11300 add_byte_size_attribute (type_die
, type
);
11301 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
) != NULL_TREE
)
11302 add_src_coords_attributes (type_die
, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
));
11304 /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
11305 inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
11306 if (type_die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
11307 add_child_die (scope_die
, type_die
);
11309 push_decl_scope (type
);
11310 gen_member_die (type
, type_die
);
11313 /* GNU extension: Record what type our vtable lives in. */
11314 if (TYPE_VFIELD (type
))
11316 tree vtype
= DECL_FCONTEXT (TYPE_VFIELD (type
));
11318 gen_type_die (vtype
, context_die
);
11319 add_AT_die_ref (type_die
, DW_AT_containing_type
,
11320 lookup_type_die (vtype
));
11325 add_AT_flag (type_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
11327 /* We don't need to do this for function-local types. */
11328 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
)
11329 && ! decl_function_context (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
)))
11330 VARRAY_PUSH_TREE (incomplete_types
, type
);
11334 /* Generate a DIE for a subroutine _type_. */
11337 gen_subroutine_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11339 tree return_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
11340 dw_die_ref subr_die
11341 = new_die (DW_TAG_subroutine_type
,
11342 scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
11344 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, subr_die
);
11345 add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die
, type
);
11346 add_type_attribute (subr_die
, return_type
, 0, 0, context_die
);
11347 gen_formal_types_die (type
, subr_die
);
11350 /* Generate a DIE for a type definition. */
11353 gen_typedef_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11355 dw_die_ref type_die
;
11358 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl
))
11361 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl
) = 1;
11362 type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_typedef
, context_die
, decl
);
11363 origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
11364 if (origin
!= NULL
)
11365 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die
, origin
);
11370 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (type_die
, decl
);
11371 if (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl
))
11373 type
= DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl
);
11375 if (type
== TREE_TYPE (decl
))
11378 equate_type_number_to_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), type_die
);
11381 type
= TREE_TYPE (decl
);
11383 add_type_attribute (type_die
, type
, TREE_READONLY (decl
),
11384 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl
), context_die
);
11387 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
11388 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, type_die
);
11391 /* Generate a type description DIE. */
11394 gen_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11398 if (type
== NULL_TREE
|| type
== error_mark_node
)
11401 if (TYPE_NAME (type
) && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type
)) == TYPE_DECL
11402 && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type
)))
11404 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
))
11407 /* Prevent broken recursion; we can't hand off to the same type. */
11408 if (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type
)) == type
)
11411 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
11412 gen_decl_die (TYPE_NAME (type
), context_die
);
11416 /* We are going to output a DIE to represent the unqualified version
11417 of this type (i.e. without any const or volatile qualifiers) so
11418 get the main variant (i.e. the unqualified version) of this type
11419 now. (Vectors are special because the debugging info is in the
11420 cloned type itself). */
11421 if (TREE_CODE (type
) != VECTOR_TYPE
)
11422 type
= type_main_variant (type
);
11424 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
))
11427 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
11433 case REFERENCE_TYPE
:
11434 /* We must set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN in case this is a recursive type. This
11435 ensures that the gen_type_die recursion will terminate even if the
11436 type is recursive. Recursive types are possible in Ada. */
11437 /* ??? We could perhaps do this for all types before the switch
11439 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
11441 /* For these types, all that is required is that we output a DIE (or a
11442 set of DIEs) to represent the "basis" type. */
11443 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
);
11447 /* This code is used for C++ pointer-to-data-member types.
11448 Output a description of the relevant class type. */
11449 gen_type_die (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type
), context_die
);
11451 /* Output a description of the type of the object pointed to. */
11452 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
);
11454 /* Now output a DIE to represent this pointer-to-data-member type
11456 gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11460 gen_type_die (TYPE_DOMAIN (type
), context_die
);
11461 gen_set_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11465 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
);
11466 abort (); /* No way to represent these in Dwarf yet! */
11469 case FUNCTION_TYPE
:
11470 /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
11471 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
);
11472 gen_subroutine_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11476 /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
11477 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
);
11478 gen_subroutine_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11482 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (type
) && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type
)) == CHAR_TYPE
)
11484 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
);
11485 gen_string_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11488 gen_array_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11492 gen_array_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11495 case ENUMERAL_TYPE
:
11498 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE
:
11499 /* If this is a nested type whose containing class hasn't been written
11500 out yet, writing it out will cover this one, too. This does not apply
11501 to instantiations of member class templates; they need to be added to
11502 the containing class as they are generated. FIXME: This hurts the
11503 idea of combining type decls from multiple TUs, since we can't predict
11504 what set of template instantiations we'll get. */
11505 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)
11506 && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
))
11507 && ! TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)))
11509 gen_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
), context_die
);
11511 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
))
11514 /* If that failed, attach ourselves to the stub. */
11515 push_decl_scope (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
));
11516 context_die
= lookup_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
));
11522 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ENUMERAL_TYPE
)
11523 gen_enumeration_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11525 gen_struct_or_union_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11530 /* Don't set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN on an incomplete struct; we want to fix
11531 it up if it is ever completed. gen_*_type_die will set it for us
11532 when appropriate. */
11541 /* No DIEs needed for fundamental types. */
11545 /* No Dwarf representation currently defined. */
11552 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
11555 /* Generate a DIE for a tagged type instantiation. */
11558 gen_tagged_type_instantiation_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11560 if (type
== NULL_TREE
|| type
== error_mark_node
)
11563 /* We are going to output a DIE to represent the unqualified version of
11564 this type (i.e. without any const or volatile qualifiers) so make sure
11565 that we have the main variant (i.e. the unqualified version) of this
11567 if (type
!= type_main_variant (type
))
11570 /* Do not check TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) as it may not be set if this is
11571 an instance of an unresolved type. */
11573 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
11578 case ENUMERAL_TYPE
:
11579 gen_inlined_enumeration_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11583 gen_inlined_structure_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11587 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE
:
11588 gen_inlined_union_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11596 /* Generate a DW_TAG_lexical_block DIE followed by DIEs to represent all of the
11597 things which are local to the given block. */
11600 gen_block_die (tree stmt
, dw_die_ref context_die
, int depth
)
11602 int must_output_die
= 0;
11605 enum tree_code origin_code
;
11607 /* Ignore blocks never really used to make RTL. */
11608 if (stmt
== NULL_TREE
|| !TREE_USED (stmt
)
11609 || (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt
) && !BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt
)))
11612 /* If the block is one fragment of a non-contiguous block, do not
11613 process the variables, since they will have been done by the
11614 origin block. Do process subblocks. */
11615 if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_ORIGIN (stmt
))
11619 for (sub
= BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt
); sub
; sub
= BLOCK_CHAIN (sub
))
11620 gen_block_die (sub
, context_die
, depth
+ 1);
11625 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of this block. This block may be an
11626 inlined instance of an inlined instance of inline function, so we have
11627 to trace all of the way back through the origin chain to find out what
11628 sort of node actually served as the original seed for the creation of
11629 the current block. */
11630 origin
= block_ultimate_origin (stmt
);
11631 origin_code
= (origin
!= NULL
) ? TREE_CODE (origin
) : ERROR_MARK
;
11633 /* Determine if we need to output any Dwarf DIEs at all to represent this
11635 if (origin_code
== FUNCTION_DECL
)
11636 /* The outer scopes for inlinings *must* always be represented. We
11637 generate DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine DIEs for them. (See below.) */
11638 must_output_die
= 1;
11641 /* In the case where the current block represents an inlining of the
11642 "body block" of an inline function, we must *NOT* output any DIE for
11643 this block because we have already output a DIE to represent the whole
11644 inlined function scope and the "body block" of any function doesn't
11645 really represent a different scope according to ANSI C rules. So we
11646 check here to make sure that this block does not represent a "body
11647 block inlining" before trying to set the MUST_OUTPUT_DIE flag. */
11648 if (! is_body_block (origin
? origin
: stmt
))
11650 /* Determine if this block directly contains any "significant"
11651 local declarations which we will need to output DIEs for. */
11652 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
11653 /* We are not in terse mode so *any* local declaration counts
11654 as being a "significant" one. */
11655 must_output_die
= (BLOCK_VARS (stmt
) != NULL
);
11657 /* We are in terse mode, so only local (nested) function
11658 definitions count as "significant" local declarations. */
11659 for (decl
= BLOCK_VARS (stmt
);
11660 decl
!= NULL
; decl
= TREE_CHAIN (decl
))
11661 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
11662 && DECL_INITIAL (decl
))
11664 must_output_die
= 1;
11670 /* It would be a waste of space to generate a Dwarf DW_TAG_lexical_block
11671 DIE for any block which contains no significant local declarations at
11672 all. Rather, in such cases we just call `decls_for_scope' so that any
11673 needed Dwarf info for any sub-blocks will get properly generated. Note
11674 that in terse mode, our definition of what constitutes a "significant"
11675 local declaration gets restricted to include only inlined function
11676 instances and local (nested) function definitions. */
11677 if (must_output_die
)
11679 if (origin_code
== FUNCTION_DECL
)
11680 gen_inlined_subroutine_die (stmt
, context_die
, depth
);
11682 gen_lexical_block_die (stmt
, context_die
, depth
);
11685 decls_for_scope (stmt
, context_die
, depth
);
11688 /* Generate all of the decls declared within a given scope and (recursively)
11689 all of its sub-blocks. */
11692 decls_for_scope (tree stmt
, dw_die_ref context_die
, int depth
)
11697 /* Ignore blocks never really used to make RTL. */
11698 if (stmt
== NULL_TREE
|| ! TREE_USED (stmt
))
11701 /* Output the DIEs to represent all of the data objects and typedefs
11702 declared directly within this block but not within any nested
11703 sub-blocks. Also, nested function and tag DIEs have been
11704 generated with a parent of NULL; fix that up now. */
11705 for (decl
= BLOCK_VARS (stmt
); decl
!= NULL
; decl
= TREE_CHAIN (decl
))
11709 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
)
11710 die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
11711 else if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == TYPE_DECL
&& TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl
))
11712 die
= lookup_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
));
11716 if (die
!= NULL
&& die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
11717 add_child_die (context_die
, die
);
11719 gen_decl_die (decl
, context_die
);
11722 /* If we're at -g1, we're not interested in subblocks. */
11723 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
11726 /* Output the DIEs to represent all sub-blocks (and the items declared
11727 therein) of this block. */
11728 for (subblocks
= BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt
);
11730 subblocks
= BLOCK_CHAIN (subblocks
))
11731 gen_block_die (subblocks
, context_die
, depth
+ 1);
11734 /* Is this a typedef we can avoid emitting? */
11737 is_redundant_typedef (tree decl
)
11739 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl
))
11742 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
)
11743 && DECL_CONTEXT (decl
)
11744 && is_tagged_type (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
))
11745 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
))) == TYPE_DECL
11746 && DECL_NAME (decl
) == DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
))))
11747 /* Also ignore the artificial member typedef for the class name. */
11753 /* Generate Dwarf debug information for a decl described by DECL. */
11756 gen_decl_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11760 if (DECL_P (decl
) && DECL_IGNORED_P (decl
))
11763 switch (TREE_CODE (decl
))
11769 /* The individual enumerators of an enum type get output when we output
11770 the Dwarf representation of the relevant enum type itself. */
11773 case FUNCTION_DECL
:
11774 /* Don't output any DIEs to represent mere function declarations,
11775 unless they are class members or explicit block externs. */
11776 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl
) == NULL_TREE
&& DECL_CONTEXT (decl
) == NULL_TREE
11777 && (current_function_decl
== NULL_TREE
|| DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
)))
11780 /* If we're emitting a clone, emit info for the abstract instance. */
11781 if (DECL_ORIGIN (decl
) != decl
)
11782 dwarf2out_abstract_function (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
));
11784 /* If we're emitting an out-of-line copy of an inline function,
11785 emit info for the abstract instance and set up to refer to it. */
11786 else if (DECL_INLINE (decl
) && ! DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
)
11787 && ! class_scope_p (context_die
)
11788 /* dwarf2out_abstract_function won't emit a die if this is just
11789 a declaration. We must avoid setting DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN in
11790 that case, because that works only if we have a die. */
11791 && DECL_INITIAL (decl
) != NULL_TREE
)
11793 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl
);
11794 set_decl_origin_self (decl
);
11797 /* Otherwise we're emitting the primary DIE for this decl. */
11798 else if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
11800 /* Before we describe the FUNCTION_DECL itself, make sure that we
11801 have described its return type. */
11802 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)), context_die
);
11804 /* And its virtual context. */
11805 if (DECL_VINDEX (decl
) != NULL_TREE
)
11806 gen_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
), context_die
);
11808 /* And its containing type. */
11809 origin
= decl_class_context (decl
);
11810 if (origin
!= NULL_TREE
)
11811 gen_type_die_for_member (origin
, decl
, context_die
);
11814 /* Now output a DIE to represent the function itself. */
11815 gen_subprogram_die (decl
, context_die
);
11819 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
11820 actual typedefs. */
11821 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
11824 /* In the special case of a TYPE_DECL node representing the declaration
11825 of some type tag, if the given TYPE_DECL is marked as having been
11826 instantiated from some other (original) TYPE_DECL node (e.g. one which
11827 was generated within the original definition of an inline function) we
11828 have to generate a special (abbreviated) DW_TAG_structure_type,
11829 DW_TAG_union_type, or DW_TAG_enumeration_type DIE here. */
11830 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl
) && decl_ultimate_origin (decl
) != NULL_TREE
)
11832 gen_tagged_type_instantiation_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), context_die
);
11836 if (is_redundant_typedef (decl
))
11837 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), context_die
);
11839 /* Output a DIE to represent the typedef itself. */
11840 gen_typedef_die (decl
, context_die
);
11844 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL
)
11845 gen_label_die (decl
, context_die
);
11849 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
11850 variable declarations or definitions. */
11851 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
11854 /* Output any DIEs that are needed to specify the type of this data
11856 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), context_die
);
11858 /* And its containing type. */
11859 origin
= decl_class_context (decl
);
11860 if (origin
!= NULL_TREE
)
11861 gen_type_die_for_member (origin
, decl
, context_die
);
11863 /* Now output the DIE to represent the data object itself. This gets
11864 complicated because of the possibility that the VAR_DECL really
11865 represents an inlined instance of a formal parameter for an inline
11867 origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
11868 if (origin
!= NULL_TREE
&& TREE_CODE (origin
) == PARM_DECL
)
11869 gen_formal_parameter_die (decl
, context_die
);
11871 gen_variable_die (decl
, context_die
);
11875 /* Ignore the nameless fields that are used to skip bits but handle C++
11876 anonymous unions. */
11877 if (DECL_NAME (decl
) != NULL_TREE
11878 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)) == UNION_TYPE
)
11880 gen_type_die (member_declared_type (decl
), context_die
);
11881 gen_field_die (decl
, context_die
);
11886 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), context_die
);
11887 gen_formal_parameter_die (decl
, context_die
);
11890 case NAMESPACE_DECL
:
11891 /* Ignore for now. */
11895 if ((int)TREE_CODE (decl
) > NUM_TREE_CODES
)
11896 /* Probably some frontend-internal decl. Assume we don't care. */
11902 /* Add Ada "use" clause information for SGI Workshop debugger. */
11905 dwarf2out_add_library_unit_info (const char *filename
, const char *context_list
)
11907 unsigned int file_index
;
11909 if (filename
!= NULL
)
11911 dw_die_ref unit_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_module
, comp_unit_die
, NULL
);
11912 tree context_list_decl
11913 = build_decl (LABEL_DECL
, get_identifier (context_list
),
11916 TREE_PUBLIC (context_list_decl
) = TRUE
;
11917 add_name_attribute (unit_die
, context_list
);
11918 file_index
= lookup_filename (filename
);
11919 add_AT_unsigned (unit_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
, file_index
);
11920 add_pubname (context_list_decl
, unit_die
);
11924 /* Output debug information for global decl DECL. Called from toplev.c after
11925 compilation proper has finished. */
11928 dwarf2out_global_decl (tree decl
)
11930 /* Output DWARF2 information for file-scope tentative data object
11931 declarations, file-scope (extern) function declarations (which had no
11932 corresponding body) and file-scope tagged type declarations and
11933 definitions which have not yet been forced out. */
11934 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) != FUNCTION_DECL
|| !DECL_INITIAL (decl
))
11935 dwarf2out_decl (decl
);
11938 /* Write the debugging output for DECL. */
11941 dwarf2out_decl (tree decl
)
11943 dw_die_ref context_die
= comp_unit_die
;
11945 switch (TREE_CODE (decl
))
11950 case FUNCTION_DECL
:
11951 /* Ignore this FUNCTION_DECL if it refers to a builtin declaration of a
11952 builtin function. Explicit programmer-supplied declarations of
11953 these same functions should NOT be ignored however. */
11954 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
) && DECL_BUILT_IN (decl
))
11957 /* What we would really like to do here is to filter out all mere
11958 file-scope declarations of file-scope functions which are never
11959 referenced later within this translation unit (and keep all of ones
11960 that *are* referenced later on) but we aren't clairvoyant, so we have
11961 no idea which functions will be referenced in the future (i.e. later
11962 on within the current translation unit). So here we just ignore all
11963 file-scope function declarations which are not also definitions. If
11964 and when the debugger needs to know something about these functions,
11965 it will have to hunt around and find the DWARF information associated
11966 with the definition of the function.
11968 We can't just check DECL_EXTERNAL to find out which FUNCTION_DECL
11969 nodes represent definitions and which ones represent mere
11970 declarations. We have to check DECL_INITIAL instead. That's because
11971 the C front-end supports some weird semantics for "extern inline"
11972 function definitions. These can get inlined within the current
11973 translation unit (an thus, we need to generate Dwarf info for their
11974 abstract instances so that the Dwarf info for the concrete inlined
11975 instances can have something to refer to) but the compiler never
11976 generates any out-of-lines instances of such things (despite the fact
11977 that they *are* definitions).
11979 The important point is that the C front-end marks these "extern
11980 inline" functions as DECL_EXTERNAL, but we need to generate DWARF for
11981 them anyway. Note that the C++ front-end also plays some similar games
11982 for inline function definitions appearing within include files which
11983 also contain `#pragma interface' pragmas. */
11984 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl
) == NULL_TREE
)
11987 /* If we're a nested function, initially use a parent of NULL; if we're
11988 a plain function, this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. If
11989 we're a method, it will be ignored, since we already have a DIE. */
11990 if (decl_function_context (decl
)
11991 /* But if we're in terse mode, we don't care about scope. */
11992 && debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
11993 context_die
= NULL
;
11997 /* Ignore this VAR_DECL if it refers to a file-scope extern data object
11998 declaration and if the declaration was never even referenced from
11999 within this entire compilation unit. We suppress these DIEs in
12000 order to save space in the .debug section (by eliminating entries
12001 which are probably useless). Note that we must not suppress
12002 block-local extern declarations (whether used or not) because that
12003 would screw-up the debugger's name lookup mechanism and cause it to
12004 miss things which really ought to be in scope at a given point. */
12005 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
) && !TREE_USED (decl
))
12008 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
12009 variable declarations or definitions. */
12010 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
12015 /* Don't emit stubs for types unless they are needed by other DIEs. */
12016 if (TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (decl
))
12019 /* Don't bother trying to generate any DIEs to represent any of the
12020 normal built-in types for the language we are compiling. */
12021 if (DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl
) == 0)
12023 /* OK, we need to generate one for `bool' so GDB knows what type
12024 comparisons have. */
12025 if ((get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
)
12026 == DW_LANG_C_plus_plus
)
12027 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)) == BOOLEAN_TYPE
12028 && ! DECL_IGNORED_P (decl
))
12029 modified_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), 0, 0, NULL
);
12034 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs for types. */
12035 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
12038 /* If we're a function-scope tag, initially use a parent of NULL;
12039 this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. */
12040 if (decl_function_context (decl
))
12041 context_die
= NULL
;
12049 gen_decl_die (decl
, context_die
);
12052 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of the generated code for
12053 a lexical block. */
12056 dwarf2out_begin_block (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12057 unsigned int blocknum
)
12059 function_section (current_function_decl
);
12060 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
, blocknum
);
12063 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the end of the generated code for a
12067 dwarf2out_end_block (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, unsigned int blocknum
)
12069 function_section (current_function_decl
);
12070 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, BLOCK_END_LABEL
, blocknum
);
12073 /* Returns nonzero if it is appropriate not to emit any debugging
12074 information for BLOCK, because it doesn't contain any instructions.
12076 Don't allow this for blocks with nested functions or local classes
12077 as we would end up with orphans, and in the presence of scheduling
12078 we may end up calling them anyway. */
12081 dwarf2out_ignore_block (tree block
)
12085 for (decl
= BLOCK_VARS (block
); decl
; decl
= TREE_CHAIN (decl
))
12086 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
12087 || (TREE_CODE (decl
) == TYPE_DECL
&& TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl
)))
12093 /* Lookup FILE_NAME (in the list of filenames that we know about here in
12094 dwarf2out.c) and return its "index". The index of each (known) filename is
12095 just a unique number which is associated with only that one filename. We
12096 need such numbers for the sake of generating labels (in the .debug_sfnames
12097 section) and references to those files numbers (in the .debug_srcinfo
12098 and.debug_macinfo sections). If the filename given as an argument is not
12099 found in our current list, add it to the list and assign it the next
12100 available unique index number. In order to speed up searches, we remember
12101 the index of the filename was looked up last. This handles the majority of
12105 lookup_filename (const char *file_name
)
12108 char *save_file_name
;
12110 /* Check to see if the file name that was searched on the previous
12111 call matches this file name. If so, return the index. */
12112 if (file_table_last_lookup_index
!= 0)
12115 = VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table
, file_table_last_lookup_index
);
12116 if (strcmp (file_name
, last
) == 0)
12117 return file_table_last_lookup_index
;
12120 /* Didn't match the previous lookup, search the table */
12121 n
= VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
);
12122 for (i
= 1; i
< n
; i
++)
12123 if (strcmp (file_name
, VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table
, i
)) == 0)
12125 file_table_last_lookup_index
= i
;
12129 /* Add the new entry to the end of the filename table. */
12130 file_table_last_lookup_index
= n
;
12131 save_file_name
= (char *) ggc_strdup (file_name
);
12132 VARRAY_PUSH_CHAR_PTR (file_table
, save_file_name
);
12133 VARRAY_PUSH_UINT (file_table_emitted
, 0);
12139 maybe_emit_file (int fileno
)
12141 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
&& fileno
> 0)
12143 if (!VARRAY_UINT (file_table_emitted
, fileno
))
12145 VARRAY_UINT (file_table_emitted
, fileno
) = ++emitcount
;
12146 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.file %u ",
12147 VARRAY_UINT (file_table_emitted
, fileno
));
12148 output_quoted_string (asm_out_file
,
12149 VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table
, fileno
));
12150 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
12152 return VARRAY_UINT (file_table_emitted
, fileno
);
12159 init_file_table (void)
12161 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the file_table. */
12162 VARRAY_CHAR_PTR_INIT (file_table
, 64, "file_table");
12163 VARRAY_UINT_INIT (file_table_emitted
, 64, "file_table_emitted");
12165 /* Skip the first entry - file numbers begin at 1. */
12166 VARRAY_PUSH_CHAR_PTR (file_table
, NULL
);
12167 VARRAY_PUSH_UINT (file_table_emitted
, 0);
12168 file_table_last_lookup_index
= 0;
12171 /* Output a label to mark the beginning of a source code line entry
12172 and record information relating to this source line, in
12173 'line_info_table' for later output of the .debug_line section. */
12176 dwarf2out_source_line (unsigned int line
, const char *filename
)
12178 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL
12181 function_section (current_function_decl
);
12183 /* If requested, emit something human-readable. */
12184 if (flag_debug_asm
)
12185 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t%s %s:%d\n", ASM_COMMENT_START
,
12188 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
)
12190 unsigned file_num
= lookup_filename (filename
);
12192 file_num
= maybe_emit_file (file_num
);
12194 /* Emit the .loc directive understood by GNU as. */
12195 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.loc %d %d 0\n", file_num
, line
);
12197 /* Indicate that line number info exists. */
12198 line_info_table_in_use
++;
12200 /* Indicate that multiple line number tables exist. */
12201 if (DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl
))
12202 separate_line_info_table_in_use
++;
12204 else if (DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl
))
12206 dw_separate_line_info_ref line_info
;
12207 (*targetm
.asm_out
.internal_label
) (asm_out_file
, SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL
,
12208 separate_line_info_table_in_use
);
12210 /* expand the line info table if necessary */
12211 if (separate_line_info_table_in_use
12212 == separate_line_info_table_allocated
)
12214 separate_line_info_table_allocated
+= LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
12215 separate_line_info_table
12216 = (dw_separate_line_info_ref
)
12217 ggc_realloc (separate_line_info_table
,
12218 separate_line_info_table_allocated
12219 * sizeof (dw_separate_line_info_entry
));
12220 memset ((separate_line_info_table
12221 + separate_line_info_table_in_use
),
12223 (LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
12224 * sizeof (dw_separate_line_info_entry
)));
12227 /* Add the new entry at the end of the line_info_table. */
12229 = &separate_line_info_table
[separate_line_info_table_in_use
++];
12230 line_info
->dw_file_num
= lookup_filename (filename
);
12231 line_info
->dw_line_num
= line
;
12232 line_info
->function
= current_function_funcdef_no
;
12236 dw_line_info_ref line_info
;
12238 (*targetm
.asm_out
.internal_label
) (asm_out_file
, LINE_CODE_LABEL
,
12239 line_info_table_in_use
);
12241 /* Expand the line info table if necessary. */
12242 if (line_info_table_in_use
== line_info_table_allocated
)
12244 line_info_table_allocated
+= LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
12246 = ggc_realloc (line_info_table
,
12247 (line_info_table_allocated
12248 * sizeof (dw_line_info_entry
)));
12249 memset (line_info_table
+ line_info_table_in_use
, 0,
12250 LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
* sizeof (dw_line_info_entry
));
12253 /* Add the new entry at the end of the line_info_table. */
12254 line_info
= &line_info_table
[line_info_table_in_use
++];
12255 line_info
->dw_file_num
= lookup_filename (filename
);
12256 line_info
->dw_line_num
= line
;
12261 /* Record the beginning of a new source file. */
12264 dwarf2out_start_source_file (unsigned int lineno
, const char *filename
)
12266 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups
&& !is_main_source
)
12268 /* Record the beginning of the file for break_out_includes. */
12269 dw_die_ref bincl_die
;
12271 bincl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
, comp_unit_die
, NULL
);
12272 add_AT_string (bincl_die
, DW_AT_name
, filename
);
12275 is_main_source
= 0;
12277 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
12279 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
12280 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_start_file
, "Start new file");
12281 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno
, "Included from line number %d",
12283 maybe_emit_file (lookup_filename (filename
));
12284 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lookup_filename (filename
),
12285 "Filename we just started");
12289 /* Record the end of a source file. */
12292 dwarf2out_end_source_file (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
12294 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups
)
12295 /* Record the end of the file for break_out_includes. */
12296 new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
, comp_unit_die
, NULL
);
12298 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
12300 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
12301 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_end_file
, "End file");
12305 /* Called from debug_define in toplev.c. The `buffer' parameter contains
12306 the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
12307 initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
12310 dwarf2out_define (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12311 const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
12313 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
12315 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
12316 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_define
, "Define macro");
12317 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno
, "At line number %d", lineno
);
12318 dw2_asm_output_nstring (buffer
, -1, "The macro");
12322 /* Called from debug_undef in toplev.c. The `buffer' parameter contains
12323 the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
12324 initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
12327 dwarf2out_undef (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12328 const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
12330 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
12332 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
12333 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_undef
, "Undefine macro");
12334 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno
, "At line number %d", lineno
);
12335 dw2_asm_output_nstring (buffer
, -1, "The macro");
12339 /* Set up for Dwarf output at the start of compilation. */
12342 dwarf2out_init (const char *filename ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
12344 init_file_table ();
12346 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the decl_die_table. */
12347 decl_die_table
= ggc_alloc_cleared (DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
12348 * sizeof (dw_die_ref
));
12349 decl_die_table_allocated
= DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
12350 decl_die_table_in_use
= 0;
12352 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the decl_scope_table. */
12353 VARRAY_TREE_INIT (decl_scope_table
, 256, "decl_scope_table");
12355 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the abbrev_die_table. */
12356 abbrev_die_table
= ggc_alloc_cleared (ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
12357 * sizeof (dw_die_ref
));
12358 abbrev_die_table_allocated
= ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
12359 /* Zero-th entry is allocated, but unused */
12360 abbrev_die_table_in_use
= 1;
12362 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the line_info_table. */
12363 line_info_table
= ggc_alloc_cleared (LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
12364 * sizeof (dw_line_info_entry
));
12365 line_info_table_allocated
= LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
12367 /* Zero-th entry is allocated, but unused */
12368 line_info_table_in_use
= 1;
12370 /* Generate the initial DIE for the .debug section. Note that the (string)
12371 value given in the DW_AT_name attribute of the DW_TAG_compile_unit DIE
12372 will (typically) be a relative pathname and that this pathname should be
12373 taken as being relative to the directory from which the compiler was
12374 invoked when the given (base) source file was compiled. We will fill
12375 in this value in dwarf2out_finish. */
12376 comp_unit_die
= gen_compile_unit_die (NULL
);
12377 is_main_source
= 1;
12379 VARRAY_TREE_INIT (incomplete_types
, 64, "incomplete_types");
12381 VARRAY_RTX_INIT (used_rtx_varray
, 32, "used_rtx_varray");
12383 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_end_label
, TEXT_END_LABEL
, 0);
12384 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (abbrev_section_label
,
12385 DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
12386 if (DWARF2_GENERATE_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
)
12387 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_section_label
, TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
12389 strcpy (text_section_label
, stripattributes (TEXT_SECTION_NAME
));
12391 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_info_section_label
,
12392 DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
12393 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_line_section_label
,
12394 DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
12395 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (ranges_section_label
,
12396 DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
12397 named_section_flags (DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
12398 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, abbrev_section_label
);
12399 named_section_flags (DEBUG_INFO_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
12400 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, debug_info_section_label
);
12401 named_section_flags (DEBUG_LINE_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
12402 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, debug_line_section_label
);
12404 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
12406 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
12407 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (macinfo_section_label
,
12408 DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
12409 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, macinfo_section_label
);
12412 if (DWARF2_GENERATE_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
)
12415 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, text_section_label
);
12419 /* A helper function for dwarf2out_finish called through
12420 ht_forall. Emit one queued .debug_str string. */
12423 output_indirect_string (void **h
, void *v ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
12425 struct indirect_string_node
*node
= (struct indirect_string_node
*) *h
;
12427 if (node
->form
== DW_FORM_strp
)
12429 named_section_flags (DEBUG_STR_SECTION
, DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS
);
12430 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, node
->label
);
12431 assemble_string (node
->str
, strlen (node
->str
) + 1);
12439 /* Clear the marks for a die and its children.
12440 Be cool if the mark isn't set. */
12443 prune_unmark_dies (dw_die_ref die
)
12447 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
12448 prune_unmark_dies (c
);
12452 /* Given DIE that we're marking as used, find any other dies
12453 it references as attributes and mark them as used. */
12456 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (dw_die_ref die
)
12460 for (a
= die
->die_attr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->dw_attr_next
)
12462 if (a
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
== dw_val_class_die_ref
)
12464 /* A reference to another DIE.
12465 Make sure that it will get emitted. */
12466 prune_unused_types_mark (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
, 1);
12468 else if (a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_decl_file
)
12470 /* A reference to a file. Make sure the file name is emitted. */
12471 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_unsigned
=
12472 maybe_emit_file (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_unsigned
);
12478 /* Mark DIE as being used. If DOKIDS is true, then walk down
12479 to DIE's children. */
12482 prune_unused_types_mark (dw_die_ref die
, int dokids
)
12486 if (die
->die_mark
== 0)
12488 /* We haven't done this node yet. Mark it as used. */
12491 /* We also have to mark its parents as used.
12492 (But we don't want to mark our parents' kids due to this.) */
12493 if (die
->die_parent
)
12494 prune_unused_types_mark (die
->die_parent
, 0);
12496 /* Mark any referenced nodes. */
12497 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (die
);
12500 if (dokids
&& die
->die_mark
!= 2)
12502 /* We need to walk the children, but haven't done so yet.
12503 Remember that we've walked the kids. */
12507 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
12509 /* If this is an array type, we need to make sure our
12510 kids get marked, even if they're types. */
12511 if (die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_array_type
)
12512 prune_unused_types_mark (c
, 1);
12514 prune_unused_types_walk (c
);
12520 /* Walk the tree DIE and mark types that we actually use. */
12523 prune_unused_types_walk (dw_die_ref die
)
12527 /* Don't do anything if this node is already marked. */
12531 switch (die
->die_tag
) {
12532 case DW_TAG_const_type
:
12533 case DW_TAG_packed_type
:
12534 case DW_TAG_pointer_type
:
12535 case DW_TAG_reference_type
:
12536 case DW_TAG_volatile_type
:
12537 case DW_TAG_typedef
:
12538 case DW_TAG_array_type
:
12539 case DW_TAG_structure_type
:
12540 case DW_TAG_union_type
:
12541 case DW_TAG_class_type
:
12542 case DW_TAG_friend
:
12543 case DW_TAG_variant_part
:
12544 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type
:
12545 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type
:
12546 case DW_TAG_string_type
:
12547 case DW_TAG_set_type
:
12548 case DW_TAG_subrange_type
:
12549 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
:
12550 case DW_TAG_file_type
:
12551 /* It's a type node --- don't mark it. */
12555 /* Mark everything else. */
12561 /* Now, mark any dies referenced from here. */
12562 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (die
);
12564 /* Mark children. */
12565 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
12566 prune_unused_types_walk (c
);
12570 /* Remove from the tree DIE any dies that aren't marked. */
12573 prune_unused_types_prune (dw_die_ref die
)
12575 dw_die_ref c
, p
, n
;
12576 if (!die
->die_mark
)
12580 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
; c
= n
)
12585 prune_unused_types_prune (c
);
12593 die
->die_child
= n
;
12600 /* Remove dies representing declarations that we never use. */
12603 prune_unused_types (void)
12606 limbo_die_node
*node
;
12608 /* Clear all the marks. */
12609 prune_unmark_dies (comp_unit_die
);
12610 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
12611 prune_unmark_dies (node
->die
);
12613 /* Set the mark on nodes that are actually used. */
12614 prune_unused_types_walk (comp_unit_die
);
12615 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
12616 prune_unused_types_walk (node
->die
);
12618 /* Also set the mark on nodes referenced from the
12619 pubname_table or arange_table. */
12620 for (i
= 0; i
< pubname_table_in_use
; i
++)
12621 prune_unused_types_mark (pubname_table
[i
].die
, 1);
12622 for (i
= 0; i
< arange_table_in_use
; i
++)
12623 prune_unused_types_mark (arange_table
[i
], 1);
12625 /* Get rid of nodes that aren't marked. */
12626 prune_unused_types_prune (comp_unit_die
);
12627 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
12628 prune_unused_types_prune (node
->die
);
12630 /* Leave the marks clear. */
12631 prune_unmark_dies (comp_unit_die
);
12632 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
12633 prune_unmark_dies (node
->die
);
12636 /* Output stuff that dwarf requires at the end of every file,
12637 and generate the DWARF-2 debugging info. */
12640 dwarf2out_finish (const char *filename
)
12642 limbo_die_node
*node
, *next_node
;
12643 dw_die_ref die
= 0;
12645 /* Add the name for the main input file now. We delayed this from
12646 dwarf2out_init to avoid complications with PCH. */
12647 add_name_attribute (comp_unit_die
, filename
);
12648 if (filename
[0] != DIR_SEPARATOR
)
12649 add_comp_dir_attribute (comp_unit_die
);
12650 else if (get_AT (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_comp_dir
) == NULL
)
12653 for (i
= 1; i
< VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
); i
++)
12654 if (VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table
, i
)[0] != DIR_SEPARATOR
12655 /* Don't add cwd for <built-in>. */
12656 && VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table
, i
)[0] != '<')
12658 add_comp_dir_attribute (comp_unit_die
);
12663 /* Traverse the limbo die list, and add parent/child links. The only
12664 dies without parents that should be here are concrete instances of
12665 inline functions, and the comp_unit_die. We can ignore the comp_unit_die.
12666 For concrete instances, we can get the parent die from the abstract
12668 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= next_node
)
12670 next_node
= node
->next
;
12673 if (die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
12675 dw_die_ref origin
= get_AT_ref (die
, DW_AT_abstract_origin
);
12679 add_child_die (origin
->die_parent
, die
);
12680 else if (die
== comp_unit_die
)
12682 /* If this was an expression for a bound involved in a function
12683 return type, it may be a SAVE_EXPR for which we weren't able
12684 to find a DIE previously. So try now. */
12685 else if (node
->created_for
12686 && TREE_CODE (node
->created_for
) == SAVE_EXPR
12687 && 0 != (origin
= (lookup_decl_die
12689 (node
->created_for
)))))
12690 add_child_die (origin
, die
);
12691 else if (errorcount
> 0 || sorrycount
> 0)
12692 /* It's OK to be confused by errors in the input. */
12693 add_child_die (comp_unit_die
, die
);
12694 else if (node
->created_for
12695 && ((DECL_P (node
->created_for
)
12696 && (context
= DECL_CONTEXT (node
->created_for
)))
12697 || (TYPE_P (node
->created_for
)
12698 && (context
= TYPE_CONTEXT (node
->created_for
))))
12699 && TREE_CODE (context
) == FUNCTION_DECL
)
12701 /* In certain situations, the lexical block containing a
12702 nested function can be optimized away, which results
12703 in the nested function die being orphaned. Likewise
12704 with the return type of that nested function. Force
12705 this to be a child of the containing function. */
12706 origin
= lookup_decl_die (context
);
12709 add_child_die (origin
, die
);
12716 limbo_die_list
= NULL
;
12718 /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
12719 emit full debugging info for them. */
12720 retry_incomplete_types ();
12722 /* We need to reverse all the dies before break_out_includes, or
12723 we'll see the end of an include file before the beginning. */
12724 reverse_all_dies (comp_unit_die
);
12726 if (flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types
)
12727 prune_unused_types ();
12729 /* Generate separate CUs for each of the include files we've seen.
12730 They will go into limbo_die_list. */
12731 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups
)
12732 break_out_includes (comp_unit_die
);
12734 /* Traverse the DIE's and add add sibling attributes to those DIE's
12735 that have children. */
12736 add_sibling_attributes (comp_unit_die
);
12737 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
12738 add_sibling_attributes (node
->die
);
12740 /* Output a terminator label for the .text section. */
12742 (*targetm
.asm_out
.internal_label
) (asm_out_file
, TEXT_END_LABEL
, 0);
12744 /* Output the source line correspondence table. We must do this
12745 even if there is no line information. Otherwise, on an empty
12746 translation unit, we will generate a present, but empty,
12747 .debug_info section. IRIX 6.5 `nm' will then complain when
12748 examining the file. */
12749 if (! DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
)
12751 named_section_flags (DEBUG_LINE_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
12752 output_line_info ();
12755 /* Output location list section if necessary. */
12756 if (have_location_lists
)
12758 /* Output the location lists info. */
12759 named_section_flags (DEBUG_LOC_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
12760 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (loc_section_label
,
12761 DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
12762 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, loc_section_label
);
12763 output_location_lists (die
);
12764 have_location_lists
= 0;
12767 /* We can only use the low/high_pc attributes if all of the code was
12769 if (separate_line_info_table_in_use
== 0)
12771 add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, text_section_label
);
12772 add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_high_pc
, text_end_label
);
12775 /* If it wasn't, we need to give .debug_loc and .debug_ranges an appropriate
12776 "base address". Use zero so that these addresses become absolute. */
12777 else if (have_location_lists
|| ranges_table_in_use
)
12778 add_AT_addr (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_entry_pc
, const0_rtx
);
12780 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL
)
12781 add_AT_lbl_offset (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_stmt_list
,
12782 debug_line_section_label
);
12784 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
12785 add_AT_lbl_offset (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_macro_info
, macinfo_section_label
);
12787 /* Output all of the compilation units. We put the main one last so that
12788 the offsets are available to output_pubnames. */
12789 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
12790 output_comp_unit (node
->die
, 0);
12792 output_comp_unit (comp_unit_die
, 0);
12794 /* Output the abbreviation table. */
12795 named_section_flags (DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
12796 output_abbrev_section ();
12798 /* Output public names table if necessary. */
12799 if (pubname_table_in_use
)
12801 named_section_flags (DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
12802 output_pubnames ();
12805 /* Output the address range information. We only put functions in the arange
12806 table, so don't write it out if we don't have any. */
12807 if (fde_table_in_use
)
12809 named_section_flags (DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
12813 /* Output ranges section if necessary. */
12814 if (ranges_table_in_use
)
12816 named_section_flags (DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
12817 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, ranges_section_label
);
12821 /* Have to end the primary source file. */
12822 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
12824 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
12825 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_end_file
, "End file");
12826 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End compilation unit");
12829 /* If we emitted any DW_FORM_strp form attribute, output the string
12831 if (debug_str_hash
)
12832 htab_traverse (debug_str_hash
, output_indirect_string
, NULL
);
12836 /* This should never be used, but its address is needed for comparisons. */
12837 const struct gcc_debug_hooks dwarf2_debug_hooks
;
12839 #endif /* DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO */
12841 #include "gt-dwarf2out.h"